WILLIAMS SONOMA INC
10-Q, 1995-09-13
HOME FURNITURE, FURNISHINGS & EQUIPMENT STORES
Previous: NATIONAL AUTO CREDIT INC, 10-Q, 1995-09-13
Next: COMPUTRAC INC, 10-Q, 1995-09-13



<PAGE>   1

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

/X/   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES 
      EXCHANGE ACT OF  1934

      For the quarterly period ended July 30, 1995.
                                     -------------
/ /   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES 
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                       to
                               ---------------------    -----------------------

                         Commission file number 2-83992
                                                -------

                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

          California                                             94-2203880
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer 
 Incorporation or Organization)                              Identification No.)

3250 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, CA                             94109
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                          (Zip Code)

Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code  (415) 421-7900
                                                    --------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, if Changed 
Since Last Report.

        Indicate by check X whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days Yes x   No
                                            ---    ---

         APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS
                        DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents
and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan
confirmed by a court. Yes     No
                         ---    ---

       As of September 6, 1995, 25,379,045 shares of the Registrant's Common
Stock were outstanding.


                                      1
<PAGE>   2


                     WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (Amounts in thousands)
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      July 30,             January 29,            July 31,
                                                                        1995                  1995                  1994
                                                                        ----                  ----                  ----
<S>                                                                  <C>                   <C>                   <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                         $  5,233              $ 17,481              $  4,551
   Accounts receivable                                                  5,779                 5,394                 3,846
   Merchandise inventories                                            127,644                87,949                92,431
   Prepaid expenses and other assets                                    8,546                 5,849                 7,637
   Prepaid catalog expenses                                            13,797                11,205                 8,392
   Deferred income taxes                                                  259                   259                 2,617
                                                                     --------              --------              --------
     Total current assets                                             161,258               128,137               119,474

Deferred income taxes                                                   4,021                 4,021                 2,968
Investments and other assets                                            6,242                 6,325                 2,158
Property and equipment (net)                                          102,872                79,395                62,173
                                                                     --------              --------              --------
                                                                     $274,393              $217,878              $186,773
                                                                     ========              ========              ========


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                                  $ 39,622              $ 49,357              $ 29,842
   Accrued expenses                                                     3,067                 4,407                 6,069
   Accrued salaries and benefits                                        7,108                 8,138                 6,157
   Line of credit                                                      75,900                  --                  17,300
   Current portion of long-term debt                                      125                   141                   183
   Customer deposits                                                    6,033                 5,631                 3,407
   Other liabilities                                                    2,911                 2,628                 2,807
   Income taxes payable                                                  --                   8,329                 1,147
                                                                     --------              --------              --------
     Total current liabilities                                        134,766                78,631                66,912

Deferred lease credits                                                 15,656                14,250                12,814
Long-term debt                                                          6,718                 6,781                 7,410
Shareholders' equity                                                  117,253               118,216                99,637
                                                                     --------              --------              --------
                                                                     $274,393              $217,878              $186,773
                                                                     ========              ========              ========
</TABLE>

            See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                      2
<PAGE>   3

                     WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                (Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Thirteen Weeks Ended             Twenty-six Weeks Ended
                                                                 July 30,          July 31,        July 30,          July 31,
                                                                   1995              1994            1995              1994
                                                                   ----              ----            ----              ----
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
Net sales                                                      $ 127,733         $ 108,014        $ 245,893         $ 210,856


Costs and expenses:
  Cost of goods sold and occupancy                                84,105            67,156          157,883           130,608
  Selling, general and administrative                             44,144            36,871           88,728            73,016
                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------
     Total costs and expenses                                    128,249           104,027          246,611           203,624
                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------


       Earnings (loss) from operations                              (516)            3,987             (718)            7,232

Interest expense - net                                               888               318            1,238               481
                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------

       Earnings (loss) before income taxes                        (1,404)            3,669           (1,956)            6,751

Income taxes (benefit)                                              (590)            1,545             (816)            2,839
                                                               ---------         ---------        ---------         ---------

        Net earnings (loss)                                    $    (814)        $   2,124        $  (1,140)        $   3,912
                                                               =========         =========        =========         =========


Earnings (loss) per share:
        Primary                                                $   (0.03)        $     .08        $    (.04)        $     .15
        Fully diluted                                          $   (0.03)        $     .08        $    (.04)        $     .15

Average number of common shares outstanding
        Primary                                                   25,359            26,109           25,348            26,084
        Fully diluted                                                  *            26,112                *            26,117
</TABLE>

     Note: 1994 shares and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the
3-for-2 stock split in September 1994.

     * Incremental shares from assumed exercise of stock options are
antidilutive for primary and fully diluted loss per share, and therefore not
presented.


            See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       3


<PAGE>   4

                     WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Amounts in thousands)
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Twenty-six Weeks Ended
                                                                                              July 30,               July 31,
                                                                                                1995                   1994
                                                                                                ----                   ----
<S>                                                                                         <C>                    <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net earnings (loss)                                                                      $  (1,140)             $   3,912
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss)
   to net cash used in operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                                                              7,236                  5,676
     Amortization of deferred lease incentives                                                   (631)                  (446)
     Change in allowance for doubtful accounts                                                     55                     64
     Change in deferred rents                                                                    (120)                  (265)
     Loss on disposal of assets                                                                   466                    236
     Change in:
       Notes and accounts receivable                                                             (440)                   145
       Merchandise inventories                                                                (39,694)               (22,092)
       Prepaid catalog expenses                                                                (2,592)                (2,674)
       Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                           (7)                (2,506)
       Accounts payable                                                                        (5,608)                   (86)
       Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                                  (1,457)                  (796)
       Income taxes payable                                                                   (10,351)                (8,423)
                                                                                            ---------              ---------

   Net cash used in operating activities                                                      (54,283)               (27,255)
                                                                                            ---------              ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Purchases of property and equipment                                                        (32,915)                (4,875)
   Other investments                                                                               20                     27
   Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                                   797                      1
                                                                                            ---------              ---------
       Net cash used in investing activities                                                  (32,098)                (4,847)
                                                                                            ---------              ---------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Change in cash overdrafts                                                                   (4,127)                 1,308
   Deferred lease incentives                                                                    2,246                   --
   Borrowings under line of credit                                                            105,300                 54,700
   Repayments under line of credit                                                            (29,400)               (37,400)
   Proceeds from mortgage                                                                        --                    7,000
   Repayment of long-term debt                                                                    (63)                  (126)
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                                        177                    414
                                                                                            ---------              ---------

         Net cash provided by financing activities                                             74,133                 25,896
                                                                                            ---------              ---------

         Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                                            (12,248)                (6,206)

         Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                      17,481                 10,757
                                                                                            ---------              ---------

         Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                         $   5,233              $   4,551
                                                                                            =========              =========
</TABLE>



            See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                      4

<PAGE>   5

                     WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
             Twenty-six Weeks Ended July 30, 1995 and July 31, 1994


NOTE A.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The condensed consolidated balance sheets as of July 30, 1995 and July 31, 1994,
the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the thirteen and
twenty-six week periods ended July 30, 1995 and July 31, 1994, and condensed
consolidated statements of cash flows for the twenty-six week periods ending
July 30, 1995 and July 31, 1994 have been prepared by Williams-Sonoma, Inc.,
(the Company) without audit. In the opinion of management, the financial
statements include all adjustments (which include only normal recurring
adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position for the thirteen
and twenty-six weeks then ended. These financial statements include
Williams-Sonoma, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Significant
intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated. The balance sheet
at January 29, 1995, presented herein, has been prepared from the audited
balance sheet of the Company.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
have been omitted. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual
Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended January 29, 1995.

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements
to conform to classifications used in the current period.

The results of operations for the thirteen and twenty-six weeks ended July 30,
1995 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results of the full year.

NOTE B.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On August 14, 1995 the Company borrowed $40,000,000 for ten years at 7.2% from
three insurance companies. The proceeds were used to pay down current borrowings
under the line of credit, a portion of which were used to expand the Company's
distribution center in Memphis.



                                      5
<PAGE>   6

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
FINANCIAL CONDITION

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows the results of operations for the periods indicated as
a percentage of total net sales:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Thirteen Weeks                Twenty-six Weeks
                                                              Ended                          Ended
                                                   July 30,        July 31,         July 30,       July 31,
                                                     1995            1994             1995           1994
                                                     ----            ----             ----           ----

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>  
Net sales
     Catalog                                         41.4%          40.7%            43.0%         41.7%
     Retail                                          58.6           56.5             57.0          55.6
     California Closets                               0.0            2.8              0.0           2.7
                                                     ----           ---              ----          ---

              Total net sales                       100.0          100.0            100.0         100.0

Costs and expenses
     Cost of goods sold and occupancy                65.8           62.2             64.2          61.9
     Selling, general and administrative             34.6           34.1             36.1          34.7
                                                     ----           ----             ----          ----

              Earnings (loss) from operations         (.4)           3.7              (.3)          3.4

Interest expense - net                                 .7             .3               .5            .2
                                                      ----           ---              ----          ---

              Earnings (loss) before income taxes    (1.1)           3.4              (.8)          3.2

Income taxes (benefit)                                (.4)           1.4              (.3)          1.3
                                                      ----           ---              ----          ---

              Net earnings (loss)                     (.7)%          2.0%             (.5)%         1.9%
                                                      =====          ====             =====         ====
</TABLE>

SALES
Sales in the twenty-six weeks and thirteen weeks ended July 30, 1995 increased
16.6% and 18.3%, respectively over the same periods of the prior year. Catalog
sales increased 20.5% in the twenty-six weeks ended July 30, 1995 and grew 20.2%
in the second quarter. Pottery Barn sales for the twenty-six weeks ended July
30, 1995 increased 42.2% over the similar period of the prior year and accounted
for 70.7% of the increase in catalog sales during this period. Retail sales in
the twenty-six weeks and thirteen weeks ended July 30, 1995 increased 19.4% and
22.7%, respectively over the same periods of the prior year. Comparable store
sales for the 26 weeks and the thirteen weeks ended July 30, 1995, increased
2.6% and 2.9%, respectively. Williams-Sonoma and Pottery Barn reported positive
single digit comparable store sales in the twenty-six and thirteen weeks ended
July 30,1995.

COST OF GOODS SOLD AND OCCUPANCY
Total cost of goods sold and occupancy expense for the twenty-six weeks and
thirteen weeks ended July 30, 1995 increased 2.3 and 3.6 percentage points,
respectively, over the same periods of the prior year. Cost of goods sold for
the twenty-six and thirteen weeks ended July 30, 1995 increased 1.5 and 2.6
percentage points, respectively, over the same periods of the prior year
principally due to higher retail clearance markdowns during the thirteen weeks
ended July 30, 1995.


                                     6


<PAGE>   7

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the twenty-six weeks ended July
30, 1995 increased 1.4 percentage points from 34.7% to 36.1% of sales. The
increase is principally due to higher employment and advertising expense.
Selling, general and administrative expenses in the thirteen weeks ended July
30, 1995 increased .5 percentage points over the prior year.

INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest expense in the twenty-six weeks and thirteen weeks ended July 30,1995
increased $757,000 and $570,000, respectively, from 1994 due to higher bank line
borrowings used to support the distribution center expansion and new stores.

INCOME TAXES
The Company's effective tax rate for the twenty-six weeks and thirteen weeks
ended July 30,1995 was 42.0% and 41.7%, respectively.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Net cash used in operating activities in the twenty-six weeks ended July 30,1995
was $54,283,000 an increase of $27,028,000 over the comparable period in 1994.
The increase in cash used is due primarily to a $5,052,000 decline in net
earnings and a $17,602,000 increase in merchandise inventories. The increase in
merchandise levels over the prior year is principally due to planned sales
increases and new and remodeled stores.

Capital expenditures in the first twenty-six weeks of fiscal 1995 were
$32,915,000, an increase of $28,040,000 over the same period last year. New
stores that opened in fiscal 1995 accounted for $9,932,000 and new stores under
construction accounted for $9,831,000. The balance is attributable to the
distribution center expansion, information systems and other corporate
expenditures.

Net borrowings under the line of credit have increased to $75,900,000 at July
30, 1995, from $17,300,000 at July 31, 1994, due to capital and inventory
expenditures. On August 14, 1995 the Company borrowed $40,000,000 for ten years
at 7.2% from three insurance companies. The proceeds were used to pay down
current borrowings under the line of credit, a portion of which were used to
expand the Company's distribution center in Memphis.

SEASONALITY
The Company's business is subject to substantial seasonal variations in demand.
Historically, a significant portion of the Company's sales and net income have
been realized during the period from October through December, and levels of net
sales and net income have generally been significantly lower during the period
from February through July. The Company believes this is the general pattern
associated with the mail order and retail industries. In anticipation of its
peak season, the Company hires a substantial number of additional employees in
its retail stores and mail order processing and distribution areas, and incurs
significant fixed catalog production and mailing costs.


                                       7
<PAGE>   8

                     WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                    FORM 10-Q
                           PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 1 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

      There are no material pending legal proceedings against the Company. The
Company is, however, involved in routine litigation arising in the ordinary
course of its business, and, while the results of the proceedings cannot be
predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the final outcome of such
matters will not have a materially adverse effect on the Company's consolidated
financial position or results of operations.


                                       8
<PAGE>   9

ITEM 6 - EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)      Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number            Exhibit Description
------            -------------------
<S>         <C>
10.          Material Contracts

10.1         1983 Incentive Stock Option Plan and Form of Agreement
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's
             Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the Commission on
             May 25, 1983)

10.1A        1976 Stock Option Plan and Form of Agreement as amended
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993, as
             filed with the Commission on May 3, 1993)

10.1B        1993 Stock Option Plan approved by the Shareholders at the 1993
             Annual Meeting (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the
             Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended May 2, 1993 as
             filed with the Commission on June 16, 1993)

10.2         Warehouse - distribution facility lease dated July 1, 1983 between
             the Lester-McMahan Partnership as lessor and the Company as lessee
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company's Report
             on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1983, as filed with
             the Commission on October 14, 1983)

10.2A        The Amendment, dated December 1, 1985, to the lease for the
             distribution center, dated July 1, 1983 between the Company as
             lessee and the Lester McMahan Partnership as lessor (incorporated
             by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company's Report on Form 10-K
             for the fiscal year ended February 3, 1985, as filed with the
             Commission on April 26, 1985)

10.2B        The Sublease, dated as of August 1, 1990, by and between
             Hewson-Memphis Partners and the Company (incorporated by reference
             to Exhibit 10 to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period
             ended October 28, 1990, as filed with the Commission on December
             12, 1990)

10.2C        Second Amendment to Lease between the Company and The
             Lester-McMahan Partnership, dated December 1, 1993 (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1994 as filed with the
             Commission on April 29, 1994)

</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>   10
<TABLE>

<S>          <C>
10.2D        Second Amendment to Sublease between the Company and Hewson-Memphis
             Partners, dated September 1, 1994 (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit 10.38 to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period
             ended October 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on December 13,
             1994)

10.3         The lease for the Company's Corporate Offices at 100 North Point
             Street, San Francisco, California dated January 13, 1986, between
             the Company as lessee and Northpoint Investors as lessor
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company's Report
             on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 1985, as filed with the
             Commission on April 26, 1985)

10.4         Joint Venture Agreement and Trade Name and Trade Mark Licensing
             Agreement, dated May 3, 1988 between the Company and Tokyu
             Department Store Co., Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.1 to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July
             31, 1988, as filed with the Commission on September 15, 1988)

10.4A        Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 15, 1989, by and between
             the Company and Tokyu Department Store Co., Ltd. (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's registration statement on
             Form S-2 filed with the Commission on June 28, 1990 as amended by
             amendment Number 1 on Form S-2 filed with the Commission on July
             17, 1990)

10.5         Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit Sharing and Stock Incentive 
             Plan effective as of February 1, 1989 (incorporated by reference
             to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's Form S-8 (File No. 33-33693)       
             filed February 22, 1990) 

10.5A        Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit Sharing and Stock Incentive 
             Plan Trust Agreement, dated September 20, 1989 (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's Form S-8 (File No.
             33-33693) filed February 22, 1990)

10.5B        Amendment Number One to the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit
             Sharing and Stock Incentive Plan, dated April 27, 1990
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 1991, as
             amended by a Form 8 Amendment to Form 10-K, filed with the
             Commission on July 26, 1991)

10.5C        Amendment Number Two to the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit
             Sharing and Stock Incentive Plan, dated December 12, 1990
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 1991, as
             amended by a Form 8 Amendment to Form 10-K, filed with the
             Commission on July 26, 1991)
</TABLE>


                                       10<PAGE>   11
<TABLE>

<S>         <C>
10.5D        Amendment Number Three to the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit
             Sharing and Stock Incentive Plan, dated March 10, 1992
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Annual
             Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993 as
             filed with the Commission on May 3, 1993)

10.5E        Amendment Number Four to the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit
             Sharing and Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 9, 1993 (incorporated
             by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q
             for the period ended May 2, 1993 as filed with the Commission on
             June 16, 1993)

10.5F        Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan, dated July 1, 1995.

10.5G        Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated July 1, 
             1995.

10.6         Indemnity Agreement by the Company in favor of Bank of America, NT
             & SA, dated December 1, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.28 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
             year ended January 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on April
             29, 1994)

10.6A        Standing Loan Agreement and Deed of Trust between the Company and
             Bank of America, NT & SA, dated March 9, 1994 (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1994 as filed with the
             Commission on April 29, 1994)

10.6B        Master Agreement between the Company and Bank of America, NT & SA,
             dated March 30, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
             the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             January 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on April 29, 1994)

10.6C        Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between the Company and Bank
             of America, NT & SA, dated October 13, 1994 (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for
             the period ended October 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on
             December 13, 1994)

10.6D        Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 11, 1995.

10.6E        Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 8, 1995.


10.6F        Continuing Guaranty from Pottery Barn East Inc. to Bank of America
             NT&SA, dated August 7, 1995.

</TABLE>

                                       11
<PAGE>   12
<TABLE>
<S>          <C>
10.6G        Continuing Guaranty from Hold Everything, Inc. to Bank of America
             NT&SA, dated August 7, 1995.

10.6H        Continuing Guaranty from Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc. to Bank of
             America NT&SA, dated August 7, 1995.

10.6I        Continuing Guaranty from Chambers Catalog Company, Inc. to Bank of
             America NT&SA, dated August 7, 1995.

10.6J        Continuing Guaranty from Gardener's Eden, Inc. to Bank of America
             NT&SA, dated August 7, 1995.

10.7         Purchase and Sale Agreement between the Company and
             Bancroft-Whitney, a division of Thomson Legal Publishing, Inc.,
             dated December 14, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29
             to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
             ended January 30, 1994 as filed with the Commission on April 29,
             1994)

10.8         Stock Purchase agreement between the Company and Bill Levine, dated
             August 12, 1994. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to
             Company's Report on Form 10-Q for period ended July 31, 1994 as
             filed with the Commission on September 13, 1994)


10.9         Note Agreement for $40,000,000 7.2% Senior Notes, dated August 1,
             1995.

10.9A        Guaranty Agreement for $40,000,000 Senior Notes, dated August 1,
             1995.

10.9B        Intercreditor Agreement for $40,000,000 Senior Notes, dated August
             1, 1995.


11           Statement re computation of per share earnings.


27           Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


(b)          There have been no reports on Form 8-K filed during the quarter 
for which this report on Form 10-Q is being filed.


                                       12
<PAGE>   13
                                    SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                               WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.


                                               By:  /s/Russell Solt
                                                    ---------------  
                                                    Russell Solt
                                                    Senior Vice President
                                                    Principal Financial Officer
                                                    Principal Accounting Officer


Dated: September 12, 1995


                                       13
<PAGE>   14


                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<S>           <C>
Ex. 10.5F     Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan

Ex. 10.5G     Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan

Ex. 10.6D     Second Amendment to Credit Agreement

Ex. 10.6E     Third Amendment to Credit Agreement

Ex. 10.6F     Continuing Guaranty from the Pottery Barn East, Inc. to Bank
              of America NT & SA

Ex. 10.6G     Continuing Guaranty from the Hold Everything, Inc. to Bank
              of America NT & SA

Ex. 10.6H     Continuing Guaranty from the Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc. to
              Bank of America NT & SA

Ex. 10.6I     Continuing Guaranty from The Chambers Catalog Company, Inc. to
              Bank of America NT & SA

Ex. 10.6J     Continuing Guaranty from Gardener's Eden, Inc. to Bank of
              America NT & SA

Ex. 10.9      Note Agreement for $40,000,000 7.2% Senior Notes

Ex. 10.9A     Guaranty Agreement for $40,000,000 Senior Notes

Ex. 10.9B     Intercreditor Agreement for $40,000,000 Senior Notes

Ex. 11        Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings

Ex. 27        Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.5F

                  WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. EXECUTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN



<PAGE>   2



          EXHIBIT 10.5F: WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. EXECUTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN


                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                             EXECUTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Page
                                                                                                             ----

<S>                  <C>                                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE I             TITLE AND DEFINITIONS.................................................................   1


ARTICLE II            PARTICIPATION.........................................................................   5


ARTICLE III           DEFERRAL ELECTIONS....................................................................   6


ARTICLE IV            DEFERRAL ACCOUNT......................................................................   9


ARTICLE V             VESTING...............................................................................  10


ARTICLE VI            DISTRIBUTIONS.........................................................................  11


ARTICLE VII           ADMINISTRATION........................................................................  15


ARTICLE VIII          MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................  18
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3


                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                             EXECUTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN

         WHEREAS, Williams-Sonoma, Inc. (the "Company") desires to establish a
deferred compensation plan to provide supplemental retirement income benefits
for a select group of management and highly compensated employees through
deferrals of salary and bonuses, effective as of July 1, 1995; and

         WHEREAS, it is believed that the adoption of this plan providing for
deferred compensation at the election of each executive will be in the best
interests of the Company;

         NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby declared as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                              TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 -    Title.

         This Plan shall be known as the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Executive
Deferral Plan.

1.2 -    Definitions.

         Whenever the following words and phrases are used in this Plan, with
the first letter capitalized, they shall have the meanings specified below.

         "Account" shall mean a Participant's Deferral Account.

         "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" shall mean the person or persons,
including a trustee, personal representative or other fiduciary, last designated
in writing by a Participant in accordance with procedures established by the
Committee to receive the benefits specified hereunder in the event of the
Participant's death. No beneficiary designation shall become effective until it
is filed with the Committee. If there is no Beneficiary designation in effect,
or if there is no surviving designated Beneficiary, then the Participant's
surviving spouse shall be the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving spouse to
receive any benefits payable in accordance with the preceding sentence, the duly
appointed and currently acting personal representative of the participant's
estate (which shall include either the Participant's probate estate or living
trust) shall be the Beneficiary. In any case where there is no such personal
representative of the Participant's estate duly appointed and acting in that
capacity within 90 days after the Participant's death (or such extended period
as the Committee determines is reasonably necessary to allow such personal
representative to be appointed, but not to exceed 180 days after the
Participant's death), then Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons who can
verify by affidavit or court order to the satisfaction of the Committee that
they are legally entitled to receive the benefits specified hereunder. In the
event any amount is payable under the 


                                       1<PAGE>   4

Plan to a minor, payment shall not be made to the minor, but instead be paid (a)
to that person's living parent(s) to act as custodian, (b) if that person's
parents are then divorced, and one parent is the sole custodial parent, to such
custodial parent, or (c) if no parent of that person is then living, to a
custodian selected by the Committee to hold the funds for the minor under the
Uniform Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act in effect in the jurisdiction in which
the minor resides. If no parent is living and the Committee decides not to
select another custodian to hold the funds for the minor, then payments shall be
made to the duly appointed and currently acting guardian of the estate for the
minor or, if no guardian of the estate for the minor is fully appointed and
currently acting within 60 days after the date the amount becomes payable,
payments shall be deposited with the court having jurisdiction over the estate
of the minor.

         "Board of Directors" or "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of
the Company.

         "Bonus" shall mean any incentive compensation payable to a Participant
in addition to the Participant's Salary.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Committee" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board to
administer the Plan in accordance with Article VII.

         "Company" shall mean Williams-Sonoma, Inc., any successor corporation
and each corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations
(within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) of which Williams-Sonoma,
Inc. is a component member.

         "Compensation" shall mean the Salary and Bonus that the Participant is
entitled to for services rendered to the Company.

         "Deferral Account" shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by the
Committee for each Participant that is credited with amounts equal to (1) the
portion of the Participant's Salary that he or she elects to defer, (2) the
portion of the Participant's Bonus that he or she elects to defer, and (3)
interest pursuant to Section 4.1.

         "Distributable Amount" shall mean the amount credited to a
Participant's Deferral Account.

         "Effective Date" shall mean July  1, 1995.

         "Eligible Employee" shall mean each member of a group of select
management or highly compensated employees of the Company who is selected by the
Board to participate in the Plan.


                                       2
<PAGE>   5

         "Fund" or "Funds" shall mean one or more of the mutual funds or
contracts selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2(b).

         "Initial Election Period" for an Eligible Employee shall mean the
30-day period following the later of June 1, 1995 or the Eligible Employee's
date of hire.

         "Insurable Participant" shall mean a Participant who satisfies
underwriting standards for the issuance of life insurance determined by the
insurance company selected by the Company to provide the pre-distribution death
benefit described in Article VII.

         "Interest Rate" shall mean, for each Fund, an amount equal to the net
rate of gain or loss on the assets of such Fund during each month.

         "Participant" shall mean any Eligible Employee who elects to defer
Compensation in accordance with Section 3.1.

         "Payment Eligibility Date" shall mean the date specified by the
Participant prior to the Effective Date or, if later, within 30 days of the date
on which such person becomes a Participant, or if no date is so specified, the
first day of the month following the calendar quarter in which a Participant
terminates employment or dies.

         "Plan" shall mean the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan set
forth herein, now in effect, or as amended from time to time.

         "Plan Year" shall mean the 12 consecutive month period beginning
January 1, and ending December 31, except that the first Plan Year shall be a
short year beginning July 1, 1995 and ending December 31, 1995.

         "Salary" shall mean the Participant's base pay.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  PARTICIPATION

2.1 -    Participation.

         An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan by electing
to defer all or a portion of his or her Compensation in accordance with Section
3.1, by completing an application for the life insurance benefit described in
Article VII, and complying with various medical underwriting requirements of the
insurance company.


                                   ARTICLE III


                                       3
<PAGE>   6

                               DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1 -    Elections to Defer Compensation.

         (a)      Initial Election Period. Each Eligible Employee may elect to
defer Compensation by filing with the Committee an election that conforms to the
requirements of this Section 3.1, on a form provided by the Committee, no later
than the last day of his or her Initial Election Period.

         (b)      General Rule. Subject to the limitations set forth in
paragraph (c) below, the amount of Compensation which an Eligible Employee may
elect to defer is as follows:

                  (1)      Any percentage of Salary up to 50%; and/or
                  (2)      Any percentage or dollar amount of Bonus up to 100%;

provided, however, that no election shall be effective to reduce the
Compensation paid to an Eligible Employee for a calendar year to an amount which
is less than the Social Security Wage Base for such calendar year. Until an
Eligible Employee (other than an Eligible Employee who has been determined not
to be an Insurable Participant) completes an application for the death benefit
described in Article VI, any deferral election made by the Eligible Employee
pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof shall be void.

         (c)      Minimum Deferrals. For each calendar year during which the
Eligible Employee is a Participant, the minimum percentage which may be elected
under paragraph (b)(1) of this Section 3.1 is 5%. This 5% minimum deferral for
any calendar year may be reduced to a lessor percentage (but not below zero
percent) if the Participant deferred any portion of his or her Bonus paid in the
preceding calendar year. The amount of such reduction shall be the number of
percentage points determined by (1) dividing the amount of the bonus deferred in
such preceding calendar year by the amount of the Participant's annual Salary at
the beginning of the calendar year to which the minimum deferral applies and (2)
multiplying by 100.

         (d)      Effect of Initial Election. An election to defer Compensation
during an Initial Election Period shall be effective with respect to Salary
earned during the first pay period beginning after the Initial Election and to
the Bonus payable for the Company's fiscal year ending within the Plan Year in
which the election is made.

         (e)      Duration of Salary Deferral Election. Any Salary deferral
election made under paragraph (a) or paragraph (g) of this Section 3.1 shall
remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in the Participant's Salary, until
changed or terminated in accordance with the terms of this paragraph (e);
provided, however, that such election shall terminate for any Plan Year for
which the Participant is not an Eligible Employee. Subject to the minimum
deferral requirement of Section 3.1(c) and the limitations of Section 3.1(b), a
Participant may increase, decrease or terminate his or her Salary deferral
election, effective for Salary earned during pay periods beginning after any
January 1, by 


                                       4<PAGE>   7

filing a new election, in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.1, with
the Committee on or before the preceding December 1.

         (f)      Duration of Bonus Deferral Election. Any Bonus deferral
election made under paragraph (a) or paragraph (g) of this Section 3.1 shall be
irrevocable and shall apply only to the Bonus payable with respect to services
performed during the Plan Year for which the election is made. For each
subsequent Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may make a new election, subject to
the limitations set forth in this Section 3.1, to defer a percentage of his or
her Bonus. Such election shall be on forms provided by the Committee and shall
be made on or before the December 1 preceding the Plan Year for which the
election is to apply. Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a), (d), (g) or
this paragraph (f) of this Section 3.1 to the contrary, for the first Plan year
only, an Eligible Employee may elect, no later than June 30, 1995, to defer any
Bonus which is subsequently declared and paid for the Company's fiscal year
ending on December 31, 1995.

         (g)      Elections other than Elections during the Initial Election
Period. Subject to the limitations of paragraph (c) above, any Eligible Employee
who fails to elect to defer compensation during his or her Initial Election
Period may subsequently become a Participant, and any Eligible Employee who has
terminated a prior Salary deferral election may elect to again defer Salary, by
filing an election, on a form provided by the Committee, to defer Compensation
as described in paragraph (b) above. An election to defer Salary and/or Bonus
must be filed on or before December 1 and will be effective for Salary earned
during pay periods beginning after the following January 1 and the Bonus paid
with respect to services performed in the Plan Year beginning on the following
January 1.

3.2      Investment Elections.

         (a)      At the time of making the deferral elections described in 
Section 3.1, the Committee shall provide each Participant with a list of the
types of mutual funds available for hypothetical investment, and the Participant
shall designate, on a form provided by the Committee, one or more of such types
of funds that his or her account will be deemed to be invested in for purposes
of determining the amount of earnings to be credited to that account. The
Committee shall, from time to time, in its sole discretion select a commercially
available fund or contract for each of such types to constitute the Fund
actually selected. The Interest Rate of each such commercially available fund or
contract shall be used to determine the amount of earnings to be credited to
Participants' Accounts under Article IV.

         In making the designation pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Participant
may specify that all or any 10% multiple of his or her Deferral Account be
deemed to be invested in one or more of the types of mutual funds offered by the
Committee. Effective as of the end of any calendar quarter, a Participant may
change the designation made under this Section 3.2 by filing an election, on a
form provided by the Committee, at least 30 days prior the end of such quarter.
If a Participants fails to elect a type of fund under this Section 3.2, he or
she shall be deemed to have elected the Money Market Fund.


                                       5<PAGE>   8

         The Company may, but need not, acquire investments corresponding to
those designated by the Participants hereunder, and it is not under any
obligation to maintain any investment it may make. Any such investments, if
made, shall be in the name of the Company, and shall be its sole property in
which no Participant shall have any interest.


                                       6<PAGE>   9
                                   ARTICLE IV
                                DEFERRAL ACCOUNT

4.1 -    Deferral Account.

         The Committee shall establish and maintain a Deferral Account for each
Participant under the Plan. Each Participant's Deferral Account shall be further
divided into separate subaccounts ("mutual fund subaccounts"), each of which
corresponds to a mutual fund or contract elected by the Participant pursuant to
Section 3.2(a). A Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited as follows:

         (a)      As of the last day of each month, the committee shall credit
the mutual fund subaccounts of the Participant's Deferral Account with an amount
equal to Salary deferred by the Participant during each pay period ending in
that month in accordance with the Participant's election under Section 3.2(a);
that is, the portion of the Participant's deferred Salary that the Participants
has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of mutual fund shall
be credited to the mutual fund subaccount corresponding to that mutual fund.

         (b)      As of the last day of the month in which the Bonus or partial
Bonus would have been paid, the Committee shall credit the mutual fund
subaccounts of the Participant's Deferral Account with an amount equal to the
portion of the Bonus deferred by the Participant's election under Section
3.2(a); that is, the portion of the Participant's deferred Bonus that the
Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of mutual
fund shall be credited to the mutual fund subaccount corresponding to that
mutual fund.

         (c)      As of the last day of each month, each mutual fund subaccount
of a Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited with earnings in an amount
equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such mutual fund
subaccount as of the last day of the preceding month by the Interest Rate for
the corresponding Fund selected by the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(b).


                                       7<PAGE>   10
                                    ARTICLE V
                                     VESTING

5.1 -    Deferral Account.

         A Participant's Deferral Account shall be 100% vested at all times.


                                       8<PAGE>   11


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 -    Distribution of Deferred Compensation.

         (a)      In the case of a Participant, who either (i) terminates
employment with the Company as a result of long-term disability (as defined in
the Company's long-term disability plan for executives), or (ii) who establishes
a Payment Eligibility Date that occurs after the Participant attains 55 years of
age with a minimum of five years of service, the Distributable Amount shall be
paid to the Participant (and after his death to his or her beneficiary) in the
form of substantially equal quarterly installments over 15 years beginning on
his or her Payment Eligibility Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
Participant described in the preceding sentence may elect one of the following
optional forms of distribution provided that his or her election is filed with
the Committee within 30 days prior to the Effective Date or, if later, within 30
days of the date the Eligible Employee first becomes a Participant:

         (1)      a cash lump sum payable on the Participant's Payment 
Eligibility Date, and

         (2)      substantially equal quarterly installments over five or ten
years beginning on the Participant's Payment Eligibility Date.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant described above may change
his or her form of distribution to one of the optional forms listed above
provided that his or her election is filed with the Committee at least three
years prior to his or Payment Eligibility Date.

         Notwithstanding this subsection, if the Distributable Amount is $10,000
or less, the Distributable Amount shall automatically be distributed in the form
of a cash lump sum on the Participant's Payment Eligibility Date. The
Participant's Accounts shall continue to be credited monthly with earnings
pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan until all amounts credited to his or her
Accounts under the Plan have been distributed. For all purposes under this Plan,
a Participant shall not be considered terminated from employment if the
Participant remains employed by a member of the Company's controlled group of
corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code), even if such
member is not a Company. However, if the Employee is employed by a Company or a
member of its controlled group and such entity ceases to be a member of such
controlled group as a result of a sale or other corporate reorganization, such
sale or other corporate reorganization shall be treated as termination of
employment unless immediately following such event and without any break in
employment the Participant remains employed by the Company or another
corporation which is a member of its controlled group of corporations or the
former member of the controlled group assumes liability for the benefits of the
Participant.

         (b)      In the case of a Participant whose Payment Eligibility Date
occurs prior to the date on which the Participant attains age 55 and a minimum
of 5 years of service and for reasons other than a long term disability or


                                       9<PAGE>   12

death, the Distributable Amount shall be paid to the Participant in the form of
a cash lump sum on the Participant's Payment Eligibility Date.

         (c)      In the case of a Participant who dies while employed by the
Company, the following benefits shall be provided:

                  (1) That portion of the death benefit of any life insurance
policy purchased by the Company to insure the life of the Participant (the
"Policy") which is equal to two times the Participant's annual Salary at the
time the Participant dies shall be paid to Participant's beneficiary under the
Policy by the insurance company which issued the Policy. Any such Policy shall
be subject to the conditions set forth in a "Split-Dollar Life Insurance
Agreement" between the Participant and the Company, pursuant to which the
Participant may designate a beneficiary with respect to the portion of the
Policy proceeds described in the preceding sentence in the event the Participant
dies prior to terminating employment with the Company. The Participant shall
have the right to designate and change such beneficiary (which need not be his
Beneficiary as determined under Section 1.2 hereof) at any time on a form
provided by and filed with the insurance company, and the life insurance
proceeds designated in this paragraph (1) shall be paid to such beneficiary.

         The benefit payable pursuant to this paragraph (1) shall be paid only
if a Policy has been issued on the Participant's life and is in force at the
time of the Participant's death and any such payment shall be subject to all
conditions and exceptions set forth in the Policy. A Participant who is entitled
to a death benefit pursuant to this paragraph shall not be entitled to any other
Company-paid group term life insurance benefits from the Company under this Plan
or any other Policy provided by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision of
this Plan or any other document to the contrary, the Company shall not have any
obligation to pay the Participant or his Beneficiary any amounts described in
this Section 6.1(c). Any such amounts shall be payable solely from the proceeds
of the Policy, and if no Policy is in force, no payment shall be made.
Furthermore, the Company is not obligated to maintain any Policy; and no death
benefit shall be payable hereunder if the Company has been notified by the
Committee to discontinue the Policy for the Participant. In addition, no Policy
shall be allocated to any Account.

                  (2) The Distributable Amount shall be paid to the
Participant's Beneficiary in a lump sum.

6.2 -    Early Distributions.

         Participant shall be permitted to elect to withdraw amounts from their
Accounts prior to termination of employment with the Company ("Early
Distributions"), subject to the following restrictions:

         (a)      The election to take an Early Distribution shall be made by
filing a form provided by and filed with the Committee prior to the end of any
calendar month.

         (b)      The amount of the Early Distribution shall in all cases equal
90% of the Distributable Amount as of the end of the calendar month as of which
the distribution is to be made.


                                       10<PAGE>   13

         (c)      The amount described in subsection (b) above shall be paid in
a single cash lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the calendar
month in which the Early Distribution election is made.

         (d)      If a Participant receives an Early Distribution, the remaining
balance of his or her Accounts (10% of the Distribution Amount) shall be
permanently forfeited and the Company shall have no obligation to the
Participant or his Beneficiary with respects to such forfeited amount.

         (e)      If a Participant receives an Early Distribution, the following
rules will apply for the balance of the Plan Year and for the following Plan
Year: (i) the Participant will be ineligible to Participate in the Plan and (ii)
neither the Participant (nor his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries) shall be entitled
to death benefits under Section 6.1(c)(1) or (2).

         (f)      A Participant will be limited to a maximum of two Early
Distributions during all of his periods of Plan Participation.

6.3 -    Unforeseeable Emergency.

         The Committee may, pursuant to rules adopted by it and applied in a
uniform manner, accelerate the date of distribution of a Participant's Account
because of an Unforeseeable Emergency at any time. "Unforeseeable Emergency"
shall mean an unforeseeable, severe financial condition resulting from (a) a
sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or his dependent
(as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code); (b) loss of the Participant's
property due to casualty; or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable
circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the
Participant, but which may not be relieved through other available resources of
the Participant, as determined by the Committee in accordance with uniform rules
adopted by it. Distribution pursuant to this subsection of less than the
Participant's entire interest in the Plan shall be made pro rata from his
assumed investments according to the balances in such investments. Subject to
the foregoing, payment of any amount with respect to which a Participant has
filed a request under this subsection shall be made as soon as practicable after
approval of such request by the Committee.

6.4 -    Inability To Locate Participant.

         In the event that he Committee is unable to locate a Participant or
Beneficiary within two years following the Participant's Payment Eligibility
Date, the amount allocated to the Participant's Deferral Account shall be
forfeited. If, after such forfeiture, the Participant or Beneficiary later
claims such benefit, such benefit shall be reinstated without interest or
earnings.


                                       11<PAGE>   14


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 ADMINISTRATION

7.1 -    Committee.

         A Committee shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the
Board of Directors. The number of members comprising the committee shall be
determined by the Board which may from time to time vary the number of members.
A member of the Committee may resign by delivering a written notice of
resignation to the Board. The Board may remove any member by delivering a
certified copy of its resolution of removal to such member. Vacancies in the
membership of the Committee shall be filled promptly by the Board.

7.2 -    Committee Action.

         The Committee shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority
of the members of the Committee. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting
may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent to
the action is signed by all members of the Committee and such written consent if
filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee. A member of the
Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to himself
or herself as a Participant. The Chairman or any other member or members of the
Committee designated by the Chairman may execute any certificate or other
written direction on behalf of the Committee.

7.3 -    Powers and Duties of the Committee.

         (a)      The Committee, on behalf of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries, shall enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms, shall be
charged with the general administration of the Plan and shall have all powers
necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation,
the following:

                  (1)      To select the funds or contracts to be the Funds in
                           accordance with Section 3.2(b) hereof;
 
                  (2)      To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of
                           this Plan;

                  (3)      To compute and certify to the amount and kind of
                           benefits payable to Participants and their
                           Beneficiaries;

                  (4)      To maintain all records that may be necessary for the
                           administration of the Plan;

                  (5)      To provide for the disclosure of all information and
                           the filing or provision of all reports and statements
                           to Participants, Beneficiaries or governmental
                           agencies as shall be required by law;

                  (6)      To make and publish such rules for the regulation of
                           the Plan and procedures for the administration of the
                           Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;
                           and


                                       12<PAGE>   15

                  (7)      To appoint a plan administrator or any other agent,
                           and to delegate to them such powers and duties in
                           connection with the administration of the Plan as the
                           Committee may from time to time prescribe.

7.4 -    Construction and Interpretation.

         The Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the
terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretation or construction shall be
final and binding on all parties, including but not limited to the Company and
any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee shall administer such terms and
provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with
any and all laws applicable to the Plan.

7.5 -    Information

         To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company shall
supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to
the Compensation of all Participants, their death or other cause of termination,
and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

7.6 -    Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity.

         (a) The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for
their services hereunder.

         (b) The Committee is authorized at the expense of the Company to employ
such legal counsel as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its
duties hereunder. Expenses and fees in connection with the administration of the
Plan shall be paid by the Company.

         (c) To the extent permitted by applicable state law, the Company shall
indemnify and save harmless the Committee and each member thereof, the Board of
Directors and any delegate of the Committee who is an employee of the Company
against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to
defend against such liabilities and claims arising out of their discharge in
good faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than
expenses and liabilities arising out of willful misconduct. This indemnity shall
not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance
purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement
or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under state law.

7.7 -    Quarterly Statements.

         Under procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall
receive a statement with respect to such Participant's Account on a periodic
basis at least once with respect to each Plan Year.


                                       13<PAGE>   16


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 -    Unsecured General Creditor.

         Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns
shall have no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interests in any specific
property or assets of the Company. No assets of the Company shall be held under
any trust, or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the
obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company's assets
shall be, and remain, the general unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company.
The Company's obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and
unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future, and the rights of
the Participants and Beneficiaries shall be no greater than those of unsecured
general creditors.

8.2 -    Restriction Against Assignment.

         The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person
or persons designated by the Plan and not to any other person or corporation. No
part of a Participant's Account shall be liable for the debts, contracts, or
engagements of any Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or successors in
interest, nor shall a Participant's Account be subject to execution by levy,
attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable proceeding, nor
shall any such person have any right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge,
encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever.
If any Participant, Beneficiary or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt
or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or
charge any distribution or payment from the Plan, voluntarily or involuntarily,
the Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or
any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary or
successor in interest in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

8.3 -    Withholding.

         There shall be deducted from each payment made under the Plan all taxes
which are required to be withheld by the Company in respect to such payment. The
Company shall have the right to reduce any payment by the amount of cash
sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

8.4 -    Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination.

         The Company may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole
  or in part, except that no amendment, modification, suspension or termination
  shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a
  Participant's Account. In the event that this Plan is terminated, the
  disposition of the amounts credited to a Participant's Deferral Account shall
  be at the sole discretion of the Committee.


                                       14<PAGE>   17

  8.5 -  Governing Law.

         This Plan shall be construed, governed and administered in accordance
  with the laws of the State of California.

  8.6 -  Receipt or Release.

         Any payment to a Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary in
  accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in
  full satisfaction of all claims against the Committee and the Company. The
  Committee may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition
  precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect.

  8.7 -  Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity.

         In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person
  who, in the sole judgment of the Committee, is considered by reason of
  physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefore,
  the Committee may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the
  Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any
  payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release
  and discharge of the Committee and the Company.

  8.8 -  No Employment Rights

         Neither participation in this Plan nor coverage under any Policy shall
  confer upon any person any right to be employed by the Company nor any other
  right not expressly provided hereunder, under the Policy or under the
  Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement executed in connection therewith.

  8.9 -  Headings, etc.  Not Part of Agreement.

         Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of
  reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the
  provisions hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this document to be executed
  by its duly authorized officer on this ____________ day of ______________,
  1995.

                                          WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

                                          By __________________________________

                                          By __________________________________

                                       15<PAGE>   18
                      SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE AGREEMENT

         This Agreement is entered into as of __________, 19__ by and between
Williams-Sonoma, Inc., (the "Company") and __________________ ("Employee") in
reference to the following facts:

         1.       Employee is a valued employee of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

         2.       The Company has simultaneously with the execution of this 
Agreement caused the AETNA Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the "Insurance
Company") to issue policy number __________________ (the "Policy") on the life
of Employee. The first annual premium has been paid by the Company as of the
date of this Agreement.

         3.       The Policy is issued in conjunction with the Employee becoming
a Participant in the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan (the "Plan")
and in order to provide to the beneficiaries of the Employee the death benefit
described in Section 6.1(c)(1) of the Plan. Capitalized terms not defined herein
are defined in accordance with the Plan.

         4.       For purposes of this Agreement, the Company and its 
subsidiaries which have adopted the Plan shall constitute the "Employer." For
this purpose, a subsidiary is a corporation which is a member of a controlled
group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) of which the Company is a member.
If Employee is employed by a corporation which, as a result of a sale or other
corporate reorganization, ceases to be a member of such controlled group, such
sale or other corporate reorganization shall be treated as a termination of
Employee by Employer unless immediately following the event and without any
break in employment the Employee remains employed by the Company or another
corporation which is a member of its controlled group of corporations that has
adopted the Plan or the former member of the controlled group assumes liability
for Participant's benefits under the Plan.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts set forth above and the
various promises and covenants set forth below, the parties to this Agreement
agree as follows:

1.       Ownership of Policy.

         The Employee acknowledges that the Company is the owner of the Policy
and is entitled to exercise all of its ownership rights granted by the terms of
the Policy, except to the extent that the power of the Company to exercise those
rights is specifically limited by this Agreement. Except as so limited, it is
the expressed intention of the parties to reserve to the Company (as directed by
the Committee) all rights in and to the Policy granted to its owner by the terms
thereof. Employee acknowledges that the Company is not obligated to maintain the
Policy.

2.       Premium payments.

         Subject to Section 5, so long as the Policy remains in force and
Employee is employed by the Employer, the Company agrees to pay an annual
premium on the Policy on or before the last day of each "policy year" (as such
term is used in the Policy) in an amount equal to the "cost of insurance" (as
defined in the Policy) needed to fund the Employee's death benefit described in
Section 3 below. In addition, the Company may pay as an additional premium under
the policy in any policy year an amount equal to all or part of the Compensation
deferred by Employee under the Plan during the pay periods ending during such
policy year.

3.       Death of Employee while employed by Employer.


                                       16<PAGE>   19

         (a)      Subject to this Section 3 and Section 5, Employee's designated
beneficiary shall be entitled to receive as a death benefit an amount equal to
the amount set forth in Section 6(c)(1) of the Plan, as amended in the sole
discretion of the Company (but not in excess of the total proceeds under the
Policy). As of the date hereof, the death benefit equals two times the Salary in
effect at the time the Participant dies.

The amount described in the preceding sentence shall be paid solely from the
proceeds of the Policy; to the extent that the death benefit under the policy
exceeds the amount payable to Employee's beneficiary, the balance of the death
benefit shall be payable to the Company; to the extent the death benefit under
the Policy is less than the amount payable to Employee's beneficiary, the amount
payable to Employee's beneficiary shall be limited to the total death benefit
payable from the Policy. The designation of beneficiaries under the Policy shall
be in accordance with this Section.

         (b)      Employee agrees that, during the period of this Agreement,
Employee will obtain and provide to the Company and/or the Insurance Company the
written consent of the spouse of the Employee, in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B, to any designation by Employee of anyone other than the Employee's
spouse as the beneficiary to receive the benefits under this Section 3.

         (c)      Employee acknowledges and agrees that if a death benefit is 
payable pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(1) of the Plan, Employee's beneficiaries
shall not be entitled to any other group term life insurance benefits from the
Company under this Plan or any other policy provided by the Company.

         (d)      Employee acknowledges that the Company is not obligated to 
maintain the Policy. Employee also acknowledges that no death benefit hereunder
(or under the Policy or Section 6.1(c)(1) of the Plan) is payable under the
circumstances set forth in Section 5.

4.       Policy Beneficiary Designation.

         Subject to Section 5, the rights to designate and change the
beneficiary (and any settlement options) of the Policy are reserved to the
Employee and the Company with respect to their respective shares of the Policy
death proceeds as determined in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Employee's
beneficiary designation and incorporation of the amount of his or her share of
the Policy death proceeds by reference, shall be recorded on the appropriate
forms provided by the Insurance Company as an endorsement to the Policy as
provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement. The parties hereto agree to take all
action necessary to cause the beneficiary designation and settlement election
provisions of the Policy to conform to the provisions hereof. The Company shall
not terminate, alter or amend such designation or election of the Employee
without the express written consent of the Employee.

5.       Termination of Employee's Rights.

         If (1) the employment of Employee with Employer is terminated for a
reason other than death, (2) the Committee discontinues the Policy (which the
Committee may do for any reason), or (3) the Participant is not entitled to a
death benefit because he has taken an early distribution under Section 6.2 of
the Plan, then (a) neither Employee nor his beneficiaries shall have any rights
with respect to the Policy or benefits under the Policy and (b) nor the Company
shall have any obligation to pay any premiums on the Policy. Any death benefits
payable thereafter shall be payable to the Company, until such time, if any,
that Employee again becomes eligible to receive a death benefit under Section
6.1(c)(1) of the Plan and has entered into another split-dollar life insurance
agreement. Employee agrees to execute any and all documents which the Company
deems necessary to provide that Employee is not a beneficiary of the Policy.

6.       No Limitation on Company's Rights in Policy.

         The Company (as directed by the Committee) may sell, assign, transfer,
surrender, pledge or cancel the 


                                       17<PAGE>   20

Policy or borrow or withdraw the proceeds of the Policy without, in any such
case, the consent of the Employee.

7.       Tax Withholding.

         It is recognized by the parties that the rights of Employee in the
Policy (as modified by the Agreement) may cause Employee to be treated under
certain circumstances as in receipt of gross income. These circumstances may
also impose upon the Company an obligation to deduct and withhold federal, state
or local taxes. Unless Employee otherwise provides the Company the amounts it is
required to withhold, Company may withhold from other compensation due Employee
an amount which is equal to the amount of any federal, state or local taxes
required to be withheld.

8.       Amendment and Termination of Agreement.

         Except as provided below or in a written instrument signed by the
Company, and Employee, this Agreement may not be canceled, amended, altered, or
modified. The termination of this Agreement shall be the date of the earliest to
occur of any of the following:

         (a)      Employee's termination of employment with Employer for any 
reason other than death.

         (b)      The death of Employee while employed by Employer, provided 
that the Insurance Company shall pay the death benefit to Employee's designated
beneficiary in accordance with this Agreement.

         (c)     The termination of the Plan by the Company or an amendment to 
the Plan by the Company which eliminates the death benefit set forth in Section
6.1(c)(1) of the Plan. Employee acknowledges that the Company has complete
discretion to so terminate the Plan or eliminate or reduce the death benefit set
forth in Section 6.1(c)(1) of the Plan.

9.       Notice under Agreement.

         Any notice, consent, or demand required or permitted to be given under
the provisions of this Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing,
signed by the party giving or making it, and may be given either by delivering
it to such other party personally or by mailing it, by United States Certified
mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to its last known address as
shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed
the date of such mailed notice, consent, or demand.

10.      Binding Agreement.

         This Agreement shall bind the parties hereto and their respective
successors, heirs, executor, administrators, and transferees, and any Policy
beneficiary.

11.      No Employment Rights

         Neither execution of this Agreement, participation in the Plan, nor
coverage under any Policy shall confer upon Employee any right to employment
with the Company or any other right not expressly provided under the Agreement,
the Plan, or the Policy.

12.      Controlling Law.

         To the extent not governed by federal law, this Agreement and the right
to the parties hereunder shall be controlled by the laws of the State of
California.


                                       18<PAGE>   21

13.      Execution of Documents.

         The Company and Employee agree to execute any and all documents
necessary to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.

                                       WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.


                                       By: _____________________________________

                                       Its: ____________________________________


                                       EMPLOYEE


                                       _________________________________________



<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 10.5G

                WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


<PAGE>   2
         EXHIBIT 10.5G: WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                            (Effective July 1, 1995)

1.       Eligibility

         Certain highly compensated employees of Williams-Sonoma, Inc. (the
"Corporation") who are director-level or above, excluding individuals eligible
to participate in the Executive Deferral Plan, shall be eligible to participate
in this Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

2.       Definitions

         Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Plan have the respective
meanings set forth in the Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Employee Profit Sharing and
Stock Incentive Plan.

         "Administrator" shall mean the Corporation.

3.       Participation

         (a)      Time and Form of Election. An eligible employee on November 1
of any calendar year may become a Participant in the Plan (a "Participant") as 
of the beginning of the next calendar year (or July 1, 1995, if later), by
executing a written notice of election to participate and filing such notice
with Human Resources at least 10 days prior to the beginning of such calendar
year, or July 1, 1995, if applicable. Such notice shall direct that a portion
(determined in accordance with Paragraph 4) of the Participant's Compensation,
be credited to a Deferred Compensation Account maintained under the Plan as an
unfunded book entry stated as a cash balance (the "Participant's Account").
Amounts so credited to the Participant's Account shall constitute "Participant
Deferrals."

         (b)      Duration of Election. An election to participate in the Plan 
shall continue in effect until the Participant elects to terminate such
participation. Such election to terminate may be effective as of any pay period
by filing written notice of termination with the Human Resources at least 15
days prior to the beginning of that pay period. Following such election, a
Participant cannot participate in the Plan again until the beginning of the
following calendar year. A Participant's election to participate in the Plan
shall also be terminated effective as of the first of the month following the
month in which it is determined that the Participant is no longer eligible to
participate in the Plan. Any 


                                       1<PAGE>   3

such termination shall be effective only with respect to the Participant's
Compensation payable thereafter. Amounts credited to the Participant's Account
prior to the effective date of termination shall not be effected by such
termination and shall be distributed only in accordance with the terms of the
Plan.

         (c)      Adjustment of Amount Deferred. By written election filed with
the Administrator at least 10 days prior to the beginning of the next calendar
year, a Participant may elect to change the amount of Compensation to be
credited to the Participant's Account commencing with such date. Amounts
credited to the Participant's Account prior to the effective date of such change
shall not be effected by such change and shall be distributed only in accordance
with the terms of the Plan.

4.       Contributions to Participant's Account

         (a)      Participant Deferrals.  A Participant may elect to defer an 
amount, equal to a full percentage (from 1% to 6%) of such Participant's
Compensation.

         (b)      Vesting. Participant Deferrals, and all amounts accrued with
respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 5, shall be vested at the time such
amounts are credited to the Participant's Account.


                                       2<PAGE>   4

5.       The Participant's Account

         Participant Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant's Account
under the Plan as unfunded book entries stated as cash balances. The
Administrator shall from time to time select investment funds which any
Participant may designate as hypothetical investments with respect to such
Participant's Account balance. The Administrator shall establish such rules as
the Administrator deems appropriate regarding such hypothetical investments.
Amounts credited to the Participant's Account as Participant Deferrals shall
accrue (or be reduced by) amounts equivalent to the pro rata share of earnings
(or losses) for each of the Plan's investment funds which the Participant has
elected for his account. Such earnings or losses shall be posted quarterly.
Amounts credited to the Participant's Account shall continue to accrue (or be
reduced by) amounts equivalent to earnings (or losses) until distributed in
accordance with the Plan.

6.       Distribution Upon Separation from Service

         Any cash balance credited to a Participant's Account shall be
distributed to the Participant in one lump sum payment to be paid to the
Participant in cash as soon as practicable based on value as of the quarterly
valuation date immediately preceding the date on which the Participant
terminates his employment with the Corporation, plus any additional Participant
Deferrals since that date.

7.       Distribution on Death

         If a Participant should die before all amounts credited to the
Participant's Account have been paid, the balance in such Participant's Account
shall be paid in cash as soon as practicable, based on the value as of the
quarterly valuation date immediately preceding the Participant's death, plus any
additional Participant Deferrals since that date, to the beneficiary designated
in a written instrument signed by the Participant and filed with the
Administrator. If (a) no such designation has been made or (b) the designated
beneficiary has predeceased the Participant and no further designation has been
made, then such balance shall be paid to the Participant's spouse, or if no
spouse shall survive the Participant, to the Participant's issue upon the
principle of representation, or if no issue survive the Participant, then to the
estate of the Participant. A Participant may change the designated beneficiary
at any time during the Participant's lifetime by filing a subsequent designation
in writing with the Administrator.


                                       3<PAGE>   5

8.       Payment in the Event of Hardship

         Upon receipt of a hardship request from a Participant, delivered in
writing, the Administrator may make a distribution to the Participant upon
determination that the participant has suffered an unforeseeable financial
emergency which Participant cannot otherwise meet. The amount distributed to the
Participant for such an unforeseeable financial emergency shall not exceed the
lesser of: (i) the amount needed to satisfy the unforeseeable financial
emergency, or (ii) the value of Participant's Account under the Plan. An
unforeseeable financial emergency is a severe financial hardship to Participant
as determined under the Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
Employee Profit Sharing and Stock Incentive Plan.

9.       Miscellaneous

         (a)      The right of a Participant to receive any amount credited to 
the Participant's Account shall not be transferable or assignable by the
Participant. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive any
amount credited to a Participant's Account hereunder, such right shall be no
greater than that of an unsecured general creditor of the Corporation. Except as
expressly provided herein, any person having an interest in any amount credited
to a Participant's Account under the Plan shall not be entitled to payment until
the date the amount is due and payable. No person shall be entitled to
anticipate any payment by assignment, pledge or transfer in any form or manner
prior to actual receipt thereof.

         (b)      The Corporation shall not be required to reserve or otherwise 
set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder. However, the
Corporation may, in its sole discretion, establish funds for payment of its
obligations hereunder. Any such funds shall remain assets of the Corporation and
subject to the claims of its general creditors. Such funds, if any, shall not be
deemed to be assets of the Plan.

         (c)      The Administrator shall have full authority to interpret the 
Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or desirable for the Plan's
implementation.

         (d)      The Board of Directors of the Corporation may at any time 
amend or terminate the Plan. No amendment or termination shall impair the rights
of a Participant with respect to amounts then credited to the Participant's
Account.

         (e)      The Administrator shall have the discretion to waive or 
shorten the notice period provisions of the Plan in appropriate circumstances.


                                       4<PAGE>   6

         (f)      The establishment of this Plan or any modification hereof 
shall not give any Participant or other person the right to remain in the
service of the Corporation or any of it subsidiaries, and all Participants and
other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the
Plan had never been adopted.

         (g)      The Administrator shall be entitled to withhold from any 
payment due under this Plan any and all taxes of any nature required by any
government to be withheld from such payment.

         (h)      No loans to Participants shall be permitted under this Plan.

         (i)      This Plan, including any subsequently adopted amendments, 
shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Corporation and
any Participant regarding this Plan. There are no covenants, promises,
agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the
Corporation and any Participant relating to the subject matter hereof, other
than those set forth herein. This Plan and any amendment hereof shall be binding
on the Corporation and the Participants and their respective heirs,
administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to,
any successors of the Corporation by merger, consolidation or otherwise by
operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Participant.

         (j)      If any provisions of this Plan shall, to any extent, be 
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Plan shall not be affected
thereby, and each provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

         (k)      The administration and interpretation of this Plan shall be
governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), as
amended.

         Executed this ____ day of _____________, 1995.

                                          
                                                           WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.


                                           By _________________________________



<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 10.6D

                      SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


<PAGE>   2

               EXHIBIT 10.6D: SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  This Amendment dated as of July 11, 1995, is between Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association (the "Bank") and Williams-Sonoma,
Inc. (the "Borrower").

                                    RECITALS

                  A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a certain Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 13, 1994 (as previously
amendment, the "Agreement").

                  B.  The Bank and the Borrower desire to amend the Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

                  1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Amendment shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.

                  2. Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                           2.1 Paragraph 1.1(a) of the Agreement is amended by
         increasing the amount of the Facility 1 Commitment for the period from
         the date of this Amendment through December 16, 1995 to Eighty Million
         Dollars ($80,000,000).

                           2.2  The first sentence of Paragraph 2.2 of the 
         Agreement is amended to read as follows:

                  The amount of the letters of credit and shipside bonds
                  outstanding at any one time (including the drawn and
                  unreimbursed amounts of the letters of credit) may not exceed
                  Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

                  3. Representations and Warranties. When the Borrower signs
this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that:

                           (a) There is no event which is, or with notice or
         lapse of time or both would be, an event of default under the
         Agreement;

                           (b) The representations and warranties in the
         Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment as if
         made on the date of this Amendment;

                           (c) This Amendment is within the Borrower's powers,
         has been duly authorized, and does not conflict with any of the
         Borrower's organizational papers; and

                           (d) This Amendment does not conflict with any law,
         agreement, or obligation by which the Borrower is bound.

                  4. Effect of Amendment. Except as provided in this Amendment,
all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect.

                  This Amendment is executed as of the date first stated above.


                                       1<PAGE>   3

Bank of America National                         Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
Trust and Savings Association

By  /s/Hagop V. Bouldoukian                      By  /s/ W. Howard Lester
   ------------------------                          --------------------

   Hagop V. Bouldoukian                             W. Howard Lester
   Vice President                                   Chairman and Chief
                                                    Executive Officer

                                                 By  /s/ Russell Solt
                                                    -----------------
                                                    Russell Solt
                                                    Senior Vice President



<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 10.6E

                       THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


<PAGE>   2
               EXHIBIT 10.6E: THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  This Amendment dated as of August 8, 1995, is between Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association (the "Bank") and Williams-Sonoma,
Inc. (the "Borrower").

                                    RECITALS

                  A. The Bank and the Borrower entered into a certain Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 13, 1994 (as previously
amended, the "Agreement").

                  B.  The Bank and the Borrower desire to amend the Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

                  1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Amendment shall have the meaning given to them in the Agreement.

                  2. Amendments. The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                           2.1 Paragraph 1.1(a) of the Agreement is amended by
         changing the amount of the Facility 1 Commitment as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Period                       Commitment Amount
                        ------                       -----------------
         <S>                                         <C>
         From the date of this
         Amendment through 08/21/95                  $83,000,000
         08/22/95 through 12/16/95                   $80,000,000
         12/17/95 through 04/30/96                   $45,000,000
         05/01/96 through the Expiration Date        $65,000,000
</TABLE>


                           2.2 The first sentence of Paragraph 2.2 of the
         Agreement is amended to read as follows:

                  The amount of the letters of credit and shipside bonds
                  outstanding at any one time (including the drawn and
                  unreimbursed amounts of the letters of credit) may not exceed
                  the following: (a) from the date of this Amendment through
                  August 21, 1995, Seventeen Million Dollars ($17,000,000); (b)
                  from August 22, 1995 through December 16, 1995, Twenty Million
                  Dollars ($20,000,000); and (c) thereafter, Twenty Five Million
                  Dollars ($25,000,000).

                           2.3 Subparagraph (e) of Paragraph 7.6 ("Other Debts")
         is amended to read as follows:

                                    (e) Additional debts and lease obligations
                  (excluding real property leases) for business purposes;
                  provided that the portion of such debts and leases which
                  exceeds the amount of any cash collateral and security
                  deposits which have been provided to the lender or lessor must
                  not exceed a total principal amount of Five Million Dollars
                  ($5,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

                           2.4 A new subparagraph (d) is added to Paragraph 7.7
         ("Other Liens") as follows:


                                       1<PAGE>   3

                                    (d) Cash collateral and security deposits
                  provided in connection with debts and lease obligations
                  incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed assets (excluding
                  real property); provided that the amount of such collateral
                  and security deposits must not exceed Three Million Dollars
                  ($3,000,000) at any time.

                           2.5 The address of the Borrower, stated at the end of
         the Agreement, is changed to: 3250 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, CA
         94109.

                           2.6 New paragraphs 8.14 and 8.15 are added to Article
         8 ("Events of Default") as follows:

                                    8.14 Debts of Guarantors. Any guarantor of
                  the Borrower's obligations under this Agreement has
                  outstanding or incurs any direct or contingent debts or lease
                  obligations (except real property leases) (other than those to
                  the Bank), or becomes liable for the debts of others without
                  the Bank's written consent, other than:

                                         (a) Acquiring goods, supplies, or
                           merchandise on normal trade credit.

                                         (b) Endorsing negotiable instruments
                           received in the usual course of business.

                                         (c) Obtaining surety bonds in the usual
                           course of business.

                                         (d) Debts, lines of credit and leases
                           in existence on the date of this Amendment disclosed
                           in writing to the Bank.

                                         (e) Guaranties by Williams-Sonoma
                           Stores, Inc.; The Pottery Barn East, Inc.; Gardener's
                           Eden, Inc.; Hold Everything, Inc.; and Chambers
                           Catalog Company, Inc., of the obligations of the
                           Borrower under the privately placed unsecured term
                           loan referred to in paragraph 7.6(f) (as added in the
                           first Amendment to the Agreement).

                                         (f) Additional debts and lease
                           obligations (excluding real property leases) for
                           business purposes which do not exceed a total
                           principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)
                           outstanding at any one time in the aggregate for the
                           Borrower and all guarantors.

                                    8.15 Other Liens Incurred by Guarantors. Any
                  guarantor of the Borrower's obligations under this Agreement
                  creates, assumes, or allows any security interest or lien
                  securing obligations for borrowed money (or securing a
                  guaranty of an obligation for borrowed money) on property such
                  guarantor now or later owns, except:

                                         (a) Liens for taxes not yet due.

                                         (b) Liens outstanding on the date of
                           this Agreement disclosed in writing to the Bank.

                                         (c) Additional purchase money security
                           interests in property acquired after the date of this
                           Agreement.


                                       2<PAGE>   4

                  3. Conditions Subsequent. The Borrower agrees to provide to
the Bank the following items, in form and content acceptable to the Bank, within
the time limits stated. Any failure to satisfy this condition shall be an event
of default under the Agreement:

                           (a) No later than August 11, 1995, guaranties signed
         by Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc.; The Pottery Barn East, Inc.;
         Gardener's Eden, Inc.; Hold Everything, Inc.; and Chambers Catalog
         Company, Inc., each in the amount of One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars
         ($120,000,000).

                  4. Representations and Warranties. When the Borrower signs
this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that:

                           (a) There is no event which is, or with notice or
         lapse of time or both would be, an event of default under the
         Agreement, as hereby amended;

                           (b) The representations and warranties in the
         Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment as if
         made on the date of this Amendment;

                           (c) This Amendment is within the Borrower's powers,
         has been duly authorized, and does not conflict with any of the
         Borrower's organizational papers; and

                           (d) This Amendment does not conflict with any law,
         agreement, or obligation by which the Borrower is bound.

                  5. Effect of Amendment. Except as provided in this Amendment,
all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect.

                  6. Consent of Bank. The Bank hereby consents to the terms and
conditions of the Note Agreement covering the purchase of the Borrower's
$40,000,000 7.20% Senior Notes, and the notes issued thereunder, in the form
which has been provided to the Bank.

                  This Amendment is executed as of the date first stated above.

Bank of America National                 Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
Trust and Savings Association

By /s/Hagop V. Bouldoukian               By /s/W. Howard Lester
   -----------------------                  -------------------
   Hagop V. Bouldoukian                     W. Howard Lester
   Vice President                           Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                         By /s/Russell Solt
                                            ---------------
                                            Russell Solt
                                            Senior Vice President



<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.6F

  CONTINUING GUARANTY FROM THE POTTERY BARN EAST, INC. TO BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA


<PAGE>   2
 
                                                             CONTINUING GUARANTY
 
                                BANK OF AMERICA
                     NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
 
                       BORROWERS:   WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                       GUARANTORS:  THE POTTERY BARN EAST, INC.
 
     (1) For valuable consideration, the undersigned ("Guarantors") jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee and promise to pay to Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank"), or order, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States, any and all indebtedness of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
("Borrowers") to Bank. The word "indebtedness" is used herein in its most
comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and
liabilities of Borrowers or any one or more of them to Bank, heretofore, now, or
hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and
however arising, whether direct or acquired by Bank by assignment or succession,
whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, and whether Borrowers may be liable individually or
jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, or whether such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
 
     (2) The liability of Guarantors under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability
under any other guaranties executed by Guarantors) shall not exceed at any one
time the total of (a) One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000), for the
principal amount of the indebtedness and (b) all interest, fees, and other costs
and expenses relating to or arising out of the indebtedness or such part of the
indebtedness as shall not exceed the foregoing limitation. Bank may permit the
indebtedness to exceed Guarantors' liability, and may apply any amounts received
from any source, other than from Guarantors, to the unguaranteed portion of the
indebtedness. This is a continuing guaranty relating to any indebtedness,
including that arising under successive transactions which shall either continue
the indebtedness or from time to time renew it after it has been satisfied. Any
payment by Guarantors shall not reduce their maximum obligation hereunder,
unless written notice to that effect be actually received by Bank at or prior to
the time of such payment.
 
     (3) If any Borrower is a partnership and any Guarantor is a general partner
of that partnership, then such Guarantor shall not be liable under this Guaranty
for any indebtedness of such Borrower which is secured by real property;
provided, however, that such Guarantor shall remain liable under partnership law
for all the indebtedness of such Borrower.
 
     (4) The obligations hereunder are joint and several, and independent of the
obligations of Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and
prosecuted against Guarantors whether action is brought against Borrowers or
whether Borrowers be joined in any such action or actions; and Guarantors waive
the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting their liability hereunder.
 
     (5) Guarantors authorize Bank, without notice or demand and without
affecting their liability hereunder, from time to time, either before or after
revocation hereof, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise
change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the
indebtedness or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of
interest thereon; (b) receive and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty
or any of the indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to
perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (c) apply such
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute any one or more of the
endorsers or guarantors.
 
     (6) Guarantors waive any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against
Borrowers; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers; or
(c) pursue any other remedy in Bank's power whatsoever. Guarantors waive any
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or
the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any
claim that Guarantors' obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of
Borrowers. Until the indebtedness shall have been paid in full, even though the
indebtedness is in excess of Guarantors' liability hereunder, Guarantors waive
any right of
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution (contractual,
statutory or otherwise), including without limitation, any claim or right of
subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the U.S. Code) or any
successor statute, arising from the existence or performance of this Guaranty
and Guarantors waive any right to enforce any remedy which Bank now has or may
hereafter have against Borrowers, and waive any benefit of, and any right to
participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantors waive all
presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this
Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
indebtedness.
 
     (7) (a) Guarantors understand and acknowledge that if Bank forecloses,
either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of
trust securing the indebtedness, that foreclosure could impair or destroy any
ability that Guarantors may have to seek reimbursement, contribution, or
indemnification from Borrowers or others based on any right Guarantors may have
of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification for any amounts
paid by Guarantors under this Guaranty. Guarantors further understand and
acknowledge that in the absence of this paragraph, such potential impairment or
destruction of Guarantors' rights, if any, may entitle Guarantors to assert a
defense to this Guaranty based on Section 580d of the California Code of Civil
Procedure as interpreted in Union Bank v. Gradsky, 265 Cal. App. 2d. 40 (1968).
By executing this Guaranty, Guarantors freely, irrevocably, and unconditionally:
(i) waive and relinquish that defense and agree that Guarantors will be fully
liable under this Guaranty even though Bank may foreclose, either by judicial
foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing the
indebtedness; (ii) agree that Guarantors will not assert that defense in any
action or proceeding which Bank may commence to enforce this Guaranty; (iii)
acknowledge and agree that the rights and defenses waived by Guarantors in this
Guaranty include any right or defense that Guarantors may have or be entitled to
assert based upon or arising out of any one or more of Sections 580a, 580b,
580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or Section 2848 of the
California Civil Code; and (iv) acknowledge and agree that Bank is relying on
this waiver in creating the indebtedness, and that this waiver is a material
part of the consideration which Bank is receiving for creating the indebtedness.
 
          (b) Guarantors waive any rights and defenses available to Guarantors
     by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code
     including, without limitation, (1) any defenses Guarantors may have to
     their obligations under this Guaranty by reason of an election of remedies
     by Bank and (2) any rights or defenses Guarantors may have by reason or
     protection afforded to Borrowers with respect to any of the indebtedness
     pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting or
     discharging any of the indebtedness, including, without limitation,
     Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
     Procedure.
 
          (c) Guarantors waive all rights and defenses arising out of an
     election of remedies by Bank, even though that election of remedies, such
     as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed
     obligation, has destroyed Guarantors' rights of subrogation and
     reimbursement against Borrowers by the operation of Section 580d of the
     California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
 
          (d) No provision or waiver in this Guaranty shall be construed as
     limiting the generality of any other waiver contained in this Guaranty.
 
      (8) Guarantors acknowledge and agree that they shall have the sole
responsibility for obtaining from Borrowers such information concerning
Borrowers' financial conditions or business operations as Guarantors may
require, and that Bank has no duty at any time to disclose to Guarantors any
information relating to the business operations or financial conditions of
Borrowers.
 
      (9) To secure all of Guarantors' obligations hereunder, Guarantors assign
and grant to Bank a security interest in all moneys, securities and other
property of Guarantors now or hereafter in the possession of Bank, and all
deposit accounts of Guarantors maintained with Bank, and all proceeds thereof.
Upon default or breach of any of Guarantors' obligations to Bank, Bank may apply
any deposit account to reduce the indebtedness, and may foreclose any collateral
as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code and in any security agreements
between Bank and Guarantors.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
     (10) Any obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors, now or hereafter existing,
including but not limited to any obligations to Guarantors as subrogees of Bank
or resulting from Guarantors' performance under this Guaranty, are hereby
subordinated to the indebtedness. Such obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors if
Bank so requests shall be enforced and performance received by Guarantors as
trustees for Bank and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to Bank on account
of the indebtedness, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the
liability of Guarantors under the provisions of this Guaranty.
 
     (11) This Guaranty may be revoked at any time by Guarantors in respect to
future transactions, unless there is a continuing consideration as to such
transactions which Guarantors do not renounce. Such revocation shall be
effective upon actual receipt by Bank at the address shown below of written
notice of revocation. Revocation shall not affect any of Guarantors' obligations
or Bank's rights with respect to transactions which precede Bank's receipt of
such notice, regardless of whether or not the indebtedness related to such
transactions, before or after revocation, has been renewed, compromised,
extended, accelerated, or otherwise changed as to any of its terms, including
time for payment or increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, and
regardless of any other act or omission of Bank authorized hereunder. Revocation
by any one or more of Guarantors shall not affect any obligations of any
nonrevoking Guarantors. If this Guaranty is revoked, returned, or canceled, and
subsequently any payment or transfer of any interest in property by Borrowers to
Bank is rescinded or must be returned by Bank to Borrowers, this Guaranty shall
be reinstated with respect to any such payment or transfer, regardless of any
such prior revocation, return, or cancellation.
 
     (12) Where any one or more of Borrowers are corporations or partnerships it
is not necessary for Bank to inquire into the powers of Borrowers or of the
officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their
behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed
exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
 
     (13) Bank may, without notice to Guarantors and without affecting
Guarantors' obligations hereunder, assign the indebtedness and this Guaranty, in
whole or in part. Guarantors agree that Bank may disclose to any assignee or
purchaser or any prospective assignee or purchaser, of all or part of the
indebtedness any and all information in Bank's possession concerning Guarantors,
this Guaranty, and any security for this Guaranty.
 
     (14) Guarantors agree to pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, including
allocated costs of Bank's in-house counsel, and all other costs and expenses
which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty.
 
     (15) Any married person who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees
that recourse may be had against such person's separate property for all
obligations under this Guaranty.
 
     (16) Where there is but a single Borrower, or where a single Guarantor
executes this Guaranty, then all words used herein in the plural shall be deemed
to have been used in the singular where the context and construction so require;
and when there is more than one Borrower named herein, or when this Guaranty is
executed by more than one Guarantor, the words "Borrowers" and "Guarantors"
respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them.
 
     (17) This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws
of the State of California, to the jurisdiction of which the parties hereto
submit.
 
     (18) (a) Any controversy or claim between or among the parties, including
but not limited to those arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any
agreements or instruments relating hereto or delivered in connection herewith
and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort, shall at the request of
any party be determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code),
notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Guaranty, and under the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The
arbitrator(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any
claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be
determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an
action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall
not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to
submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such
action for judicial relief.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a), no controversy
     or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all
     parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or
     claim arises from or relates to an obligation to Bank which is secured by
     real property collateral located in California. If all parties do not
     consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the
     controversy or claim shall be determined as provided in subparagraph (c).
 
          (c) A controversy or claim which is not submitted to arbitration as
     provided and limited in subparagraphs (a) and (b) shall, at the request of
     any party, be determined by a reference in accordance with California Code
     of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. If such an election is made, the
     parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under
     the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in
     AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the
     referee if there is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or
     retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees
     shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in
     accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.
 
          (d) No provision of this paragraph shall limit the right of any party
     to this Guaranty to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, to
     foreclose against or sell any real or personal property collateral or
     security, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of
     competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any
     arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive
     the right of either party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Bank's
     option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or
     by judicial foreclosure.
 
     Executed this 7th day of August, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
WITNESSED                                                  The Pottery Barn East, Inc.
/s/  ALI PARODI                                            /s/  PAT CONNOLLY
---------------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
Witness                                                    By: Patrick Connolly, President
                                                           /s/  RUSSELL SOLT
3250 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, CA                    ---------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------        By: Russell Solt, Secretary
Address                                                    100 North Point Street,
x                                                          San Francisco, CA 94133
---------------------------------------------------
Witness
---------------------------------------------------
Address
</TABLE>
 
Address for notices to Bank:
 
BANK OF AMERICA N.T. & S.A.
San Francisco Commercial Banking Office #01499
345 Montgomery St.
P.O. Box 37001
San Francisco, CA 94137
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.6G

   CONTINUING GUARANTY FROM THE HOLD EVERYTHING, INC. TO BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA


<PAGE>   2
 
                                                             CONTINUING GUARANTY
 
                                BANK OF AMERICA
                     NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
 
                       BORROWERS:   WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                       GUARANTORS:  HOLD EVERYTHING, INC.
 
     (1) For valuable consideration, the undersigned ("Guarantors") jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee and promise to pay to Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank"), or order, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States, any and all indebtedness of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
("Borrowers") to Bank. The word "indebtedness" is used herein in its most
comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and
liabilities of Borrowers or any one or more of them to Bank, heretofore, now, or
hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and
however arising, whether direct or acquired by Bank by assignment or succession,
whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, and whether Borrowers may be liable individually or
jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, or whether such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
 
     (2) The liability of Guarantors under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability
under any other guaranties executed by Guarantors) shall not exceed at any one
time the total of (a) One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000), for the
principal amount of the indebtedness and (b) all interest, fees, and other costs
and expenses relating to or arising out of the indebtedness or such part of the
indebtedness as shall not exceed the foregoing limitation. Bank may permit the
indebtedness to exceed Guarantors' liability, and may apply any amounts received
from any source, other than from Guarantors, to the unguaranteed portion of the
indebtedness. This is a continuing guaranty relating to any indebtedness,
including that arising under successive transactions which shall either continue
the indebtedness or from time to time renew it after it has been satisfied. Any
payment by Guarantors shall not reduce their maximum obligation hereunder,
unless written notice to that effect be actually received by Bank at or prior to
the time of such payment.
 
     (3) If any Borrower is a partnership and any Guarantor is a general partner
of that partnership, then such Guarantor shall not be liable under this Guaranty
for any indebtedness of such Borrower which is secured by real property;
provided, however, that such Guarantor shall remain liable under partnership law
for all the indebtedness of such Borrower.
 
     (4) The obligations hereunder are joint and several, and independent of the
obligations of Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and
prosecuted against Guarantors whether action is brought against Borrowers or
whether Borrowers be joined in any such action or actions; and Guarantors waive
the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting their liability hereunder.
 
     (5) Guarantors authorize Bank, without notice or demand and without
affecting their liability hereunder, from time to time, either before or after
revocation hereof, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise
change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the
indebtedness or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of
interest thereon; (b) receive and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty
or any of the indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to
perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (c) apply such
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute any one or more of the
endorsers or guarantors.
 
     (6) Guarantors waive any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against
Borrowers; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers; or
(c) pursue any other remedy in Bank's power whatsoever. Guarantors waive any
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or
the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any
claim that Guarantors' obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of
Borrowers. Until the indebtedness shall have been paid in full, even though the
indebtedness is in excess of Guarantors' liability hereunder, Guarantors waive
any right of
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution (contractual,
statutory or otherwise), including without limitation, any claim or right of
subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the U.S. Code) or any
successor statute, arising from the existence or performance of this Guaranty
and Guarantors waive any right to enforce any remedy which Bank now has or may
hereafter have against Borrowers, and waive any benefit of, and any right to
participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantors waive all
presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this
Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
indebtedness.
 
     (7) (a) Guarantors understand and acknowledge that if Bank forecloses,
either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of
trust securing the indebtedness, that foreclosure could impair or destroy any
ability that Guarantors may have to seek reimbursement, contribution, or
indemnification from Borrowers or others based on any right Guarantors may have
of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification for any amounts
paid by Guarantors under this Guaranty. Guarantors further understand and
acknowledge that in the absence of this paragraph, such potential impairment or
destruction of Guarantors' rights, if any, may entitle Guarantors to assert a
defense to this Guaranty based on Section 580d of the California Code of Civil
Procedure as interpreted in Union Bank v. Gradsky, 265 Cal. App. 2d. 40 (1968).
By executing this Guaranty, Guarantors freely, irrevocably, and unconditionally:
(i) waive and relinquish that defense and agree that Guarantors will be fully
liable under this Guaranty even though Bank may foreclose, either by judicial
foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing the
indebtedness; (ii) agree that Guarantors will not assert that defense in any
action or proceeding which Bank may commence to enforce this Guaranty; (iii)
acknowledge and agree that the rights and defenses waived by Guarantors in this
Guaranty include any right or defense that Guarantors may have or be entitled to
assert based upon or arising out of any one or more of Sections 580a, 580b,
580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or Section 2848 of the
California Civil Code; and (iv) acknowledge and agree that Bank is relying on
this waiver in creating the indebtedness, and that this waiver is a material
part of the consideration which Bank is receiving for creating the indebtedness.
 
          (b) Guarantors waive any rights and defenses available to Guarantors
     by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code
     including, without limitation, (1) any defenses Guarantors may have to
     their obligations under this Guaranty by reason of an election of remedies
     by Bank and (2) any rights or defenses Guarantors may have by reason or
     protection afforded to Borrowers with respect to any of the indebtedness
     pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting or
     discharging any of the indebtedness, including, without limitation,
     Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
     Procedure.
 
          (c) Guarantors waive all rights and defenses arising out of an
     election of remedies by Bank, even though that election of remedies, such
     as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed
     obligation, has destroyed Guarantors' rights of subrogation and
     reimbursement against Borrowers by the operation of Section 580d of the
     California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
 
          (d) No provision or waiver in this Guaranty shall be construed as
     limiting the generality of any other waiver contained in this Guaranty.
 
      (8) Guarantors acknowledge and agree that they shall have the sole
responsibility for obtaining from Borrowers such information concerning
Borrowers' financial conditions or business operations as Guarantors may
require, and that Bank has no duty at any time to disclose to Guarantors any
information relating to the business operations or financial conditions of
Borrowers.
 
      (9) To secure all of Guarantors' obligations hereunder, Guarantors assign
and grant to Bank a security interest in all moneys, securities and other
property of Guarantors now or hereafter in the possession of Bank, and all
deposit accounts of Guarantors maintained with Bank, and all proceeds thereof.
Upon default or breach of any of Guarantors' obligations to Bank, Bank may apply
any deposit account to reduce the indebtedness, and may foreclose any collateral
as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code and in any security agreements
between Bank and Guarantors.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
     (10) Any obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors, now or hereafter existing,
including but not limited to any obligations to Guarantors as subrogees of Bank
or resulting from Guarantors' performance under this Guaranty, are hereby
subordinated to the indebtedness. Such obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors if
Bank so requests shall be enforced and performance received by Guarantors as
trustees for Bank and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to Bank on account
of the indebtedness, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the
liability of Guarantors under the provisions of this Guaranty.
 
     (11) This Guaranty may be revoked at any time by Guarantors in respect to
future transactions, unless there is a continuing consideration as to such
transactions which Guarantors do not renounce. Such revocation shall be
effective upon actual receipt by Bank at the address shown below of written
notice of revocation. Revocation shall not affect any of Guarantors' obligations
or Bank's rights with respect to transactions which precede Bank's receipt of
such notice, regardless of whether or not the indebtedness related to such
transactions, before or after revocation, has been renewed, compromised,
extended, accelerated, or otherwise changed as to any of its terms, including
time for payment or increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, and
regardless of any other act or omission of Bank authorized hereunder. Revocation
by any one or more of Guarantors shall not affect any obligations of any
nonrevoking Guarantors. If this Guaranty is revoked, returned, or canceled, and
subsequently any payment or transfer of any interest in property by Borrowers to
Bank is rescinded or must be returned by Bank to Borrowers, this Guaranty shall
be reinstated with respect to any such payment or transfer, regardless of any
such prior revocation, return, or cancellation.
 
     (12) Where any one or more of Borrowers are corporations or partnerships it
is not necessary for Bank to inquire into the powers of Borrowers or of the
officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their
behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed
exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
 
     (13) Bank may, without notice to Guarantors and without affecting
Guarantors' obligations hereunder, assign the indebtedness and this Guaranty, in
whole or in part. Guarantors agree that Bank may disclose to any assignee or
purchaser or any prospective assignee or purchaser, of all or part of the
indebtedness any and all information in Bank's possession concerning Guarantors,
this Guaranty, and any security for this Guaranty.
 
     (14) Guarantors agree to pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, including
allocated costs of Bank's in-house counsel, and all other costs and expenses
which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty.
 
     (15) Any married person who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees
that recourse may be had against such person's separate property for all
obligations under this Guaranty.
 
     (16) Where there is but a single Borrower, or where a single Guarantor
executes this Guaranty, then all words used herein in the plural shall be deemed
to have been used in the singular where the context and construction so require;
and when there is more than one Borrower named herein, or when this Guaranty is
executed by more than one Guarantor, the words "Borrowers" and "Guarantors"
respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them.
 
     (17) This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws
of the State of California, to the jurisdiction of which the parties hereto
submit.
 
     (18) (a) Any controversy or claim between or among the parties, including
but not limited to those arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any
agreements or instruments relating hereto or delivered in connection herewith
and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort, shall at the request of
any party be determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code),
notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Guaranty, and under the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The
arbitrator(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any
claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be
determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an
action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall
not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to
submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such
action for judicial relief.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a), no controversy
     or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all
     parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or
     claim arises from or relates to an obligation to Bank which is secured by
     real property collateral located in California. If all parties do not
     consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the
     controversy or claim shall be determined as provided in subparagraph (c).
 
          (c) A controversy or claim which is not submitted to arbitration as
     provided and limited in subparagraphs (a) and (b) shall, at the request of
     any party, be determined by a reference in accordance with California Code
     of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. If such an election is made, the
     parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under
     the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in
     AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the
     referee if there is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or
     retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees
     shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in
     accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.
 
          (d) No provision of this paragraph shall limit the right of any party
     to this Guaranty to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, to
     foreclose against or sell any real or personal property collateral or
     security, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of
     competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any
     arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive
     the right of either party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Bank's
     option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or
     by judicial foreclosure.
 
     Executed this 7th day of August, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
WITNESSED                                                  Hold Everything, Inc.
/s/  ALI PARODI                                            /s/  PAT CONNOLLY
---------------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
Witness                                                    By: Patrick Connolly, President
                                                           /s/  RUSSELL SOLT
3250 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, CA                    ---------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------        By: Russell Solt, Secretary
Address                                                    100 North Point Street,
x                                                          San Francisco, CA 94133
---------------------------------------------------
Witness
---------------------------------------------------
Address
</TABLE>
 
Address for notices to Bank:
 
BANK OF AMERICA N.T. & S.A.
San Francisco Commercial Banking Office #01499
345 Montgomery St.
P.O. Box 37001
San Francisco, CA 94137
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.6H

 CONTINUING GUARANTY FROM THE WILLIAMS-SONOMA STORES, INC. TO BANK OF AMERICA 
                                      NT&SA


<PAGE>   2
 
                                                             CONTINUING GUARANTY
 
                                BANK OF AMERICA
                     NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
 
                       BORROWERS:   WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                            GUARANTORS:  WILLIAMS-SONOMA STORES, INC.
 
     (1) For valuable consideration, the undersigned ("Guarantors") jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee and promise to pay to Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank"), or order, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States, any and all indebtedness of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
("Borrowers") to Bank. The word "indebtedness" is used herein in its most
comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and
liabilities of Borrowers or any one or more of them to Bank, heretofore, now, or
hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and
however arising, whether direct or acquired by Bank by assignment or succession,
whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, and whether Borrowers may be liable individually or
jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, or whether such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
 
     (2) The liability of Guarantors under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability
under any other guaranties executed by Guarantors) shall not exceed at any one
time the total of (a) One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000), for the
principal amount of the indebtedness and (b) all interest, fees, and other costs
and expenses relating to or arising out of the indebtedness or such part of the
indebtedness as shall not exceed the foregoing limitation. Bank may permit the
indebtedness to exceed Guarantors' liability, and may apply any amounts received
from any source, other than from Guarantors, to the unguaranteed portion of the
indebtedness. This is a continuing guaranty relating to any indebtedness,
including that arising under successive transactions which shall either continue
the indebtedness or from time to time renew it after it has been satisfied. Any
payment by Guarantors shall not reduce their maximum obligation hereunder,
unless written notice to that effect be actually received by Bank at or prior to
the time of such payment.
 
     (3) If any Borrower is a partnership and any Guarantor is a general partner
of that partnership, then such Guarantor shall not be liable under this Guaranty
for any indebtedness of such Borrower which is secured by real property;
provided, however, that such Guarantor shall remain liable under partnership law
for all the indebtedness of such Borrower.
 
     (4) The obligations hereunder are joint and several, and independent of the
obligations of Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and
prosecuted against Guarantors whether action is brought against Borrowers or
whether Borrowers be joined in any such action or actions; and Guarantors waive
the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting their liability hereunder.
 
     (5) Guarantors authorize Bank, without notice or demand and without
affecting their liability hereunder, from time to time, either before or after
revocation hereof, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise
change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the
indebtedness or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of
interest thereon; (b) receive and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty
or any of the indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to
perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (c) apply such
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute any one or more of the
endorsers or guarantors.
 
     (6) Guarantors waive any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against
Borrowers; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers; or
(c) pursue any other remedy in Bank's power whatsoever. Guarantors waive any
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or
the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any
claim that Guarantors' obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of
Borrowers. Until the indebtedness shall have been paid in full, even though the
indebtedness is in excess of Guarantors' liability hereunder, Guarantors waive
any right of
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution (contractual,
statutory or otherwise), including without limitation, any claim or right of
subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the U.S. Code) or any
successor statute, arising from the existence or performance of this Guaranty
and Guarantors waive any right to enforce any remedy which Bank now has or may
hereafter have against Borrowers, and waive any benefit of, and any right to
participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantors waive all
presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this
Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
indebtedness.
 
     (7) (a) Guarantors understand and acknowledge that if Bank forecloses,
either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of
trust securing the indebtedness, that foreclosure could impair or destroy any
ability that Guarantors may have to seek reimbursement, contribution, or
indemnification from Borrowers or others based on any right Guarantors may have
of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification for any amounts
paid by Guarantors under this Guaranty. Guarantors further understand and
acknowledge that in the absence of this paragraph, such potential impairment or
destruction of Guarantors' rights, if any, may entitle Guarantors to assert a
defense to this Guaranty based on Section 580d of the California Code of Civil
Procedure as interpreted in Union Bank v. Gradsky, 265 Cal. App. 2d. 40 (1968).
By executing this Guaranty, Guarantors freely, irrevocably, and unconditionally:
(i) waive and relinquish that defense and agree that Guarantors will be fully
liable under this Guaranty even though Bank may foreclose, either by judicial
foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing the
indebtedness; (ii) agree that Guarantors will not assert that defense in any
action or proceeding which Bank may commence to enforce this Guaranty; (iii)
acknowledge and agree that the rights and defenses waived by Guarantors in this
Guaranty include any right or defense that Guarantors may have or be entitled to
assert based upon or arising out of any one or more of Sections 580a, 580b,
580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or Section 2848 of the
California Civil Code; and (iv) acknowledge and agree that Bank is relying on
this waiver in creating the indebtedness, and that this waiver is a material
part of the consideration which Bank is receiving for creating the indebtedness.
 
          (b) Guarantors waive any rights and defenses available to Guarantors
     by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code
     including, without limitation, (1) any defenses Guarantors may have to
     their obligations under this Guaranty by reason of an election of remedies
     by Bank and (2) any rights or defenses Guarantors may have by reason or
     protection afforded to Borrowers with respect to any of the indebtedness
     pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting or
     discharging any of the indebtedness, including, without limitation,
     Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
     Procedure.
 
          (c) Guarantors waive all rights and defenses arising out of an
     election of remedies by Bank, even though that election of remedies, such
     as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed
     obligation, has destroyed Guarantors' rights of subrogation and
     reimbursement against Borrowers by the operation of Section 580d of the
     California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
 
          (d) No provision or waiver in this Guaranty shall be construed as
     limiting the generality of any other waiver contained in this Guaranty.
 
      (8) Guarantors acknowledge and agree that they shall have the sole
responsibility for obtaining from Borrowers such information concerning
Borrowers' financial conditions or business operations as Guarantors may
require, and that Bank has no duty at any time to disclose to Guarantors any
information relating to the business operations or financial conditions of
Borrowers.
 
      (9) To secure all of Guarantors' obligations hereunder, Guarantors assign
and grant to Bank a security interest in all moneys, securities and other
property of Guarantors now or hereafter in the possession of Bank, and all
deposit accounts of Guarantors maintained with Bank, and all proceeds thereof.
Upon default or breach of any of Guarantors' obligations to Bank, Bank may apply
any deposit account to reduce the indebtedness, and may foreclose any collateral
as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code and in any security agreements
between Bank and Guarantors.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
     (10) Any obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors, now or hereafter existing,
including but not limited to any obligations to Guarantors as subrogees of Bank
or resulting from Guarantors' performance under this Guaranty, are hereby
subordinated to the indebtedness. Such obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors if
Bank so requests shall be enforced and performance received by Guarantors as
trustees for Bank and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to Bank on account
of the indebtedness, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the
liability of Guarantors under the provisions of this Guaranty.
 
     (11) This Guaranty may be revoked at any time by Guarantors in respect to
future transactions, unless there is a continuing consideration as to such
transactions which Guarantors do not renounce. Such revocation shall be
effective upon actual receipt by Bank at the address shown below of written
notice of revocation. Revocation shall not affect any of Guarantors' obligations
or Bank's rights with respect to transactions which precede Bank's receipt of
such notice, regardless of whether or not the indebtedness related to such
transactions, before or after revocation, has been renewed, compromised,
extended, accelerated, or otherwise changed as to any of its terms, including
time for payment or increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, and
regardless of any other act or omission of Bank authorized hereunder. Revocation
by any one or more of Guarantors shall not affect any obligations of any
nonrevoking Guarantors. If this Guaranty is revoked, returned, or canceled, and
subsequently any payment or transfer of any interest in property by Borrowers to
Bank is rescinded or must be returned by Bank to Borrowers, this Guaranty shall
be reinstated with respect to any such payment or transfer, regardless of any
such prior revocation, return, or cancellation.
 
     (12) Where any one or more of Borrowers are corporations or partnerships it
is not necessary for Bank to inquire into the powers of Borrowers or of the
officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their
behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed
exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
 
     (13) Bank may, without notice to Guarantors and without affecting
Guarantors' obligations hereunder, assign the indebtedness and this Guaranty, in
whole or in part. Guarantors agree that Bank may disclose to any assignee or
purchaser or any prospective assignee or purchaser, of all or part of the
indebtedness any and all information in Bank's possession concerning Guarantors,
this Guaranty, and any security for this Guaranty.
 
     (14) Guarantors agree to pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, including
allocated costs of Bank's in-house counsel, and all other costs and expenses
which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty.
 
     (15) Any married person who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees
that recourse may be had against such person's separate property for all
obligations under this Guaranty.
 
     (16) Where there is but a single Borrower, or where a single Guarantor
executes this Guaranty, then all words used herein in the plural shall be deemed
to have been used in the singular where the context and construction so require;
and when there is more than one Borrower named herein, or when this Guaranty is
executed by more than one Guarantor, the words "Borrowers" and "Guarantors"
respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them.
 
     (17) This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws
of the State of California, to the jurisdiction of which the parties hereto
submit.
 
     (18) (a) Any controversy or claim between or among the parties, including
but not limited to those arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any
agreements or instruments relating hereto or delivered in connection herewith
and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort, shall at the request of
any party be determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code),
notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Guaranty, and under the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The
arbitrator(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any
claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be
determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an
action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall
not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to
submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such
action for judicial relief.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a), no controversy
     or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all
     parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or
     claim arises from or relates to an obligation to Bank which is secured by
     real property collateral located in California. If all parties do not
     consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the
     controversy or claim shall be determined as provided in subparagraph (c).
 
          (c) A controversy or claim which is not submitted to arbitration as
     provided and limited in subparagraphs (a) and (b) shall, at the request of
     any party, be determined by a reference in accordance with California Code
     of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. If such an election is made, the
     parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under
     the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in
     AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the
     referee if there is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or
     retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees
     shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in
     accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.
 
          (d) No provision of this paragraph shall limit the right of any party
     to this Guaranty to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, to
     foreclose against or sell any real or personal property collateral or
     security, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of
     competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any
     arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive
     the right of either party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Bank's
     option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or
     by judicial foreclosure.
 
     Executed this 7th day of August, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
WITNESSED                                                  Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc.
/s/  ALI PARODI                                            /s/  G. FRIEDMAN
---------------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
Witness                                                    By: Gary Friedman, President
                                                           /s/  RUSSELL SOLT
3250 Van Ness, San Francisco, CA                           ---------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------        By: Russell Solt, Secretary
Address                                                    100 North Point Street,
x                                                          San Francisco, CA 94133
---------------------------------------------------
Witness
---------------------------------------------------
Address
</TABLE>
 
Address for notices to Bank:
 
BANK OF AMERICA N.T. & S.A.
San Francisco Commercial Banking Office #01499
345 Montgomery St.
P.O. Box 37001
San Francisco, CA 94137
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.6I
     CONTINUING GUARANTY FROM THE CHAMBERS CATALOG COMPANY, INC. TO BANK OF
                                 AMERICA NT&SA


<PAGE>   2
 
                                                             CONTINUING GUARANTY
 
                                BANK OF AMERICA
                     NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
 
                       BORROWERS:   WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                       GUARANTORS:  CHAMBERS CATALOG COMPANY, INC.
 
     (1) For valuable consideration, the undersigned ("Guarantors") jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee and promise to pay to Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank"), or order, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States, any and all indebtedness of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
("Borrowers") to Bank. The word "indebtedness" is used herein in its most
comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and
liabilities of Borrowers or any one or more of them to Bank, heretofore, now, or
hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and
however arising, whether direct or acquired by Bank by assignment or succession,
whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, and whether Borrowers may be liable individually or
jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, or whether such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
 
     (2) The liability of Guarantors under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability
under any other guaranties executed by Guarantors) shall not exceed at any one
time the total of (a) One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000), for the
principal amount of the indebtedness and (b) all interest, fees, and other costs
and expenses relating to or arising out of the indebtedness or such part of the
indebtedness as shall not exceed the foregoing limitation. Bank may permit the
indebtedness to exceed Guarantors' liability, and may apply any amounts received
from any source, other than from Guarantors, to the unguaranteed portion of the
indebtedness. This is a continuing guaranty relating to any indebtedness,
including that arising under successive transactions which shall either continue
the indebtedness or from time to time renew it after it has been satisfied. Any
payment by Guarantors shall not reduce their maximum obligation hereunder,
unless written notice to that effect be actually received by Bank at or prior to
the time of such payment.
 
     (3) If any Borrower is a partnership and any Guarantor is a general partner
of that partnership, then such Guarantor shall not be liable under this Guaranty
for any indebtedness of such Borrower which is secured by real property;
provided, however, that such Guarantor shall remain liable under partnership law
for all the indebtedness of such Borrower.
 
     (4) The obligations hereunder are joint and several, and independent of the
obligations of Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and
prosecuted against Guarantors whether action is brought against Borrowers or
whether Borrowers be joined in any such action or actions; and Guarantors waive
the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting their liability hereunder.
 
     (5) Guarantors authorize Bank, without notice or demand and without
affecting their liability hereunder, from time to time, either before or after
revocation hereof, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise
change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the
indebtedness or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of
interest thereon; (b) receive and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty
or any of the indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to
perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (c) apply such
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute any one or more of the
endorsers or guarantors.
 
     (6) Guarantors waive any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against
Borrowers; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers; or
(c) pursue any other remedy in Bank's power whatsoever. Guarantors waive any
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or
the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any
claim that Guarantors' obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of
Borrowers. Until the indebtedness shall have been paid in full, even though the
indebtedness is in excess of Guarantors' liability hereunder, Guarantors waive
any right of
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution (contractual,
statutory or otherwise), including without limitation, any claim or right of
subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the U.S. Code) or any
successor statute, arising from the existence or performance of this Guaranty
and Guarantors waive any right to enforce any remedy which Bank now has or may
hereafter have against Borrowers, and waive any benefit of, and any right to
participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantors waive all
presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this
Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
indebtedness.
 
     (7) (a) Guarantors understand and acknowledge that if Bank forecloses,
either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of
trust securing the indebtedness, that foreclosure could impair or destroy any
ability that Guarantors may have to seek reimbursement, contribution, or
indemnification from Borrowers or others based on any right Guarantors may have
of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification for any amounts
paid by Guarantors under this Guaranty. Guarantors further understand and
acknowledge that in the absence of this paragraph, such potential impairment or
destruction of Guarantors' rights, if any, may entitle Guarantors to assert a
defense to this Guaranty based on Section 580d of the California Code of Civil
Procedure as interpreted in Union Bank v. Gradsky, 265 Cal. App. 2d. 40 (1968).
By executing this Guaranty, Guarantors freely, irrevocably, and unconditionally:
(i) waive and relinquish that defense and agree that Guarantors will be fully
liable under this Guaranty even though Bank may foreclose, either by judicial
foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing the
indebtedness; (ii) agree that Guarantors will not assert that defense in any
action or proceeding which Bank may commence to enforce this Guaranty; (iii)
acknowledge and agree that the rights and defenses waived by Guarantors in this
Guaranty include any right or defense that Guarantors may have or be entitled to
assert based upon or arising out of any one or more of Sections 580a, 580b,
580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or Section 2848 of the
California Civil Code; and (iv) acknowledge and agree that Bank is relying on
this waiver in creating the indebtedness, and that this waiver is a material
part of the consideration which Bank is receiving for creating the indebtedness.
 
          (b) Guarantors waive any rights and defenses available to Guarantors
     by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code
     including, without limitation, (1) any defenses Guarantors may have to
     their obligations under this Guaranty by reason of an election of remedies
     by Bank and (2) any rights or defenses Guarantors may have by reason or
     protection afforded to Borrowers with respect to any of the indebtedness
     pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting or
     discharging any of the indebtedness, including, without limitation,
     Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
     Procedure.
 
          (c) Guarantors waive all rights and defenses arising out of an
     election of remedies by Bank, even though that election of remedies, such
     as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed
     obligation, has destroyed Guarantors' rights of subrogation and
     reimbursement against Borrowers by the operation of Section 580d of the
     California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
 
          (d) No provision or waiver in this Guaranty shall be construed as
     limiting the generality of any other waiver contained in this Guaranty.
 
      (8) Guarantors acknowledge and agree that they shall have the sole
responsibility for obtaining from Borrowers such information concerning
Borrowers' financial conditions or business operations as Guarantors may
require, and that Bank has no duty at any time to disclose to Guarantors any
information relating to the business operations or financial conditions of
Borrowers.
 
      (9) To secure all of Guarantors' obligations hereunder, Guarantors assign
and grant to Bank a security interest in all moneys, securities and other
property of Guarantors now or hereafter in the possession of Bank, and all
deposit accounts of Guarantors maintained with Bank, and all proceeds thereof.
Upon default or breach of any of Guarantors' obligations to Bank, Bank may apply
any deposit account to reduce the indebtedness, and may foreclose any collateral
as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code and in any security agreements
between Bank and Guarantors.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
     (10) Any obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors, now or hereafter existing,
including but not limited to any obligations to Guarantors as subrogees of Bank
or resulting from Guarantors' performance under this Guaranty, are hereby
subordinated to the indebtedness. Such obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors if
Bank so requests shall be enforced and performance received by Guarantors as
trustees for Bank and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to Bank on account
of the indebtedness, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the
liability of Guarantors under the provisions of this Guaranty.
 
     (11) This Guaranty may be revoked at any time by Guarantors in respect to
future transactions, unless there is a continuing consideration as to such
transactions which Guarantors do not renounce. Such revocation shall be
effective upon actual receipt by Bank at the address shown below of written
notice of revocation. Revocation shall not affect any of Guarantors' obligations
or Bank's rights with respect to transactions which precede Bank's receipt of
such notice, regardless of whether or not the indebtedness related to such
transactions, before or after revocation, has been renewed, compromised,
extended, accelerated, or otherwise changed as to any of its terms, including
time for payment or increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, and
regardless of any other act or omission of Bank authorized hereunder. Revocation
by any one or more of Guarantors shall not affect any obligations of any
nonrevoking Guarantors. If this Guaranty is revoked, returned, or canceled, and
subsequently any payment or transfer of any interest in property by Borrowers to
Bank is rescinded or must be returned by Bank to Borrowers, this Guaranty shall
be reinstated with respect to any such payment or transfer, regardless of any
such prior revocation, return, or cancellation.
 
     (12) Where any one or more of Borrowers are corporations or partnerships it
is not necessary for Bank to inquire into the powers of Borrowers or of the
officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their
behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed
exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
 
     (13) Bank may, without notice to Guarantors and without affecting
Guarantors' obligations hereunder, assign the indebtedness and this Guaranty, in
whole or in part. Guarantors agree that Bank may disclose to any assignee or
purchaser or any prospective assignee or purchaser, of all or part of the
indebtedness any and all information in Bank's possession concerning Guarantors,
this Guaranty, and any security for this Guaranty.
 
     (14) Guarantors agree to pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, including
allocated costs of Bank's in-house counsel, and all other costs and expenses
which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty.
 
     (15) Any married person who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees
that recourse may be had against such person's separate property for all
obligations under this Guaranty.
 
     (16) Where there is but a single Borrower, or where a single Guarantor
executes this Guaranty, then all words used herein in the plural shall be deemed
to have been used in the singular where the context and construction so require;
and when there is more than one Borrower named herein, or when this Guaranty is
executed by more than one Guarantor, the words "Borrowers" and "Guarantors"
respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them.
 
     (17) This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws
of the State of California, to the jurisdiction of which the parties hereto
submit.
 
     (18) (a) Any controversy or claim between or among the parties, including
but not limited to those arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any
agreements or instruments relating hereto or delivered in connection herewith
and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort, shall at the request of
any party be determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code),
notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Guaranty, and under the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The
arbitrator(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any
claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be
determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an
action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall
not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to
submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such
action for judicial relief.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a), no controversy
     or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all
     parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or
     claim arises from or relates to an obligation to Bank which is secured by
     real property collateral located in California. If all parties do not
     consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the
     controversy or claim shall be determined as provided in subparagraph (c).
 
          (c) A controversy or claim which is not submitted to arbitration as
     provided and limited in subparagraphs (a) and (b) shall, at the request of
     any party, be determined by a reference in accordance with California Code
     of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. If such an election is made, the
     parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under
     the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in
     AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the
     referee if there is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or
     retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees
     shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in
     accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.
 
          (d) No provision of this paragraph shall limit the right of any party
     to this Guaranty to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, to
     foreclose against or sell any real or personal property collateral or
     security, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of
     competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any
     arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive
     the right of either party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Bank's
     option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or
     by judicial foreclosure.
 
     Executed this 7th day of August, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
WITNESSED                                                  Chambers Catalog Company, Inc.
/s/  ALI PARODI                                            /s/  PAT CONNOLLY
---------------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
Witness                                                    By: Patrick Connolly, President
                                                           /s/  RUSSELL SOLT
3250 Van Ness Avenue, San Francisco, CA                    ---------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------        By: Russell Solt, Secretary
Address                                                    100 North Point Street,
x                                                          San Francisco, CA 94133
---------------------------------------------------
Witness
---------------------------------------------------
Address
</TABLE>
 
Address for notices to Bank:
 
BANK OF AMERICA N.T. & S.A.
San Francisco Commercial Banking Office #01499
345 Montgomery St.
P.O. Box 37001
San Francisco, CA 94137
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.6J
   CONTINUING GUARANTY FROM GARDENER'S EDEN, INC. TO BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA


<PAGE>   2
 
                                                             CONTINUING GUARANTY
 
                                BANK OF AMERICA
                     NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
 
                       BORROWERS:   WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                            GUARANTORS:  GARDENER'S EDEN, INC.
 
     (1) For valuable consideration, the undersigned ("Guarantors") jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee and promise to pay to Bank of America
National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank"), or order, on demand, in lawful
money of the United States, any and all indebtedness of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
("Borrowers") to Bank. The word "indebtedness" is used herein in its most
comprehensive sense and includes any and all advances, debts, obligations and
liabilities of Borrowers or any one or more of them to Bank, heretofore, now, or
hereafter made, incurred or created, whether voluntary or involuntary and
however arising, whether direct or acquired by Bank by assignment or succession,
whether due or not due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
determined or undetermined, and whether Borrowers may be liable individually or
jointly with others, or whether recovery upon such indebtedness may be or
hereafter become barred by any statute of limitations, or whether such
indebtedness may be or hereafter become otherwise unenforceable.
 
     (2) The liability of Guarantors under this Guaranty (exclusive of liability
under any other guaranties executed by Guarantors) shall not exceed at any one
time the total of (a) One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000), for the
principal amount of the indebtedness and (b) all interest, fees, and other costs
and expenses relating to or arising out of the indebtedness or such part of the
indebtedness as shall not exceed the foregoing limitation. Bank may permit the
indebtedness to exceed Guarantors' liability, and may apply any amounts received
from any source, other than from Guarantors, to the unguaranteed portion of the
indebtedness. This is a continuing guaranty relating to any indebtedness,
including that arising under successive transactions which shall either continue
the indebtedness or from time to time renew it after it has been satisfied. Any
payment by Guarantors shall not reduce their maximum obligation hereunder,
unless written notice to that effect be actually received by Bank at or prior to
the time of such payment.
 
     (3) If any Borrower is a partnership and any Guarantor is a general partner
of that partnership, then such Guarantor shall not be liable under this Guaranty
for any indebtedness of such Borrower which is secured by real property;
provided, however, that such Guarantor shall remain liable under partnership law
for all the indebtedness of such Borrower.
 
     (4) The obligations hereunder are joint and several, and independent of the
obligations of Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and
prosecuted against Guarantors whether action is brought against Borrowers or
whether Borrowers be joined in any such action or actions; and Guarantors waive
the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting their liability hereunder.
 
     (5) Guarantors authorize Bank, without notice or demand and without
affecting their liability hereunder, from time to time, either before or after
revocation hereof, to (a) renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise
change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the
indebtedness or any part thereof, including increase or decrease of the rate of
interest thereon; (b) receive and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty
or any of the indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to
perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any such security; (c) apply such
security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute any one or more of the
endorsers or guarantors.
 
     (6) Guarantors waive any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against
Borrowers; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers; or
(c) pursue any other remedy in Bank's power whatsoever. Guarantors waive any
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or
the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any
claim that Guarantors' obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of
Borrowers. Until the indebtedness shall have been paid in full, even though the
indebtedness is in excess of Guarantors' liability hereunder, Guarantors waive
any right of
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution (contractual,
statutory or otherwise), including without limitation, any claim or right of
subrogation under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the U.S. Code) or any
successor statute, arising from the existence or performance of this Guaranty
and Guarantors waive any right to enforce any remedy which Bank now has or may
hereafter have against Borrowers, and waive any benefit of, and any right to
participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantors waive all
presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests,
notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this
Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional
indebtedness.
 
     (7) (a) Guarantors understand and acknowledge that if Bank forecloses,
either by judicial foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of
trust securing the indebtedness, that foreclosure could impair or destroy any
ability that Guarantors may have to seek reimbursement, contribution, or
indemnification from Borrowers or others based on any right Guarantors may have
of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnification for any amounts
paid by Guarantors under this Guaranty. Guarantors further understand and
acknowledge that in the absence of this paragraph, such potential impairment or
destruction of Guarantors' rights, if any, may entitle Guarantors to assert a
defense to this Guaranty based on Section 580d of the California Code of Civil
Procedure as interpreted in Union Bank v. Gradsky, 265 Cal. App. 2d. 40 (1968).
By executing this Guaranty, Guarantors freely, irrevocably, and unconditionally:
(i) waive and relinquish that defense and agree that Guarantors will be fully
liable under this Guaranty even though Bank may foreclose, either by judicial
foreclosure or by exercise of power of sale, any deed of trust securing the
indebtedness; (ii) agree that Guarantors will not assert that defense in any
action or proceeding which Bank may commence to enforce this Guaranty; (iii)
acknowledge and agree that the rights and defenses waived by Guarantors in this
Guaranty include any right or defense that Guarantors may have or be entitled to
assert based upon or arising out of any one or more of Sections 580a, 580b,
580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or Section 2848 of the
California Civil Code; and (iv) acknowledge and agree that Bank is relying on
this waiver in creating the indebtedness, and that this waiver is a material
part of the consideration which Bank is receiving for creating the indebtedness.
 
          (b) Guarantors waive any rights and defenses available to Guarantors
     by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code
     including, without limitation, (1) any defenses Guarantors may have to
     their obligations under this Guaranty by reason of an election of remedies
     by Bank and (2) any rights or defenses Guarantors may have by reason or
     protection afforded to Borrowers with respect to any of the indebtedness
     pursuant to the antideficiency or other laws of California limiting or
     discharging any of the indebtedness, including, without limitation,
     Sections 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil
     Procedure.
 
          (c) Guarantors waive all rights and defenses arising out of an
     election of remedies by Bank, even though that election of remedies, such
     as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed
     obligation, has destroyed Guarantors' rights of subrogation and
     reimbursement against Borrowers by the operation of Section 580d of the
     California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.
 
          (d) No provision or waiver in this Guaranty shall be construed as
     limiting the generality of any other waiver contained in this Guaranty.
 
      (8) Guarantors acknowledge and agree that they shall have the sole
responsibility for obtaining from Borrowers such information concerning
Borrowers' financial conditions or business operations as Guarantors may
require, and that Bank has no duty at any time to disclose to Guarantors any
information relating to the business operations or financial conditions of
Borrowers.
 
      (9) To secure all of Guarantors' obligations hereunder, Guarantors assign
and grant to Bank a security interest in all moneys, securities and other
property of Guarantors now or hereafter in the possession of Bank, and all
deposit accounts of Guarantors maintained with Bank, and all proceeds thereof.
Upon default or breach of any of Guarantors' obligations to Bank, Bank may apply
any deposit account to reduce the indebtedness, and may foreclose any collateral
as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code and in any security agreements
between Bank and Guarantors.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
     (10) Any obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors, now or hereafter existing,
including but not limited to any obligations to Guarantors as subrogees of Bank
or resulting from Guarantors' performance under this Guaranty, are hereby
subordinated to the indebtedness. Such obligations of Borrowers to Guarantors if
Bank so requests shall be enforced and performance received by Guarantors as
trustees for Bank and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to Bank on account
of the indebtedness, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the
liability of Guarantors under the provisions of this Guaranty.
 
     (11) This Guaranty may be revoked at any time by Guarantors in respect to
future transactions, unless there is a continuing consideration as to such
transactions which Guarantors do not renounce. Such revocation shall be
effective upon actual receipt by Bank at the address shown below of written
notice of revocation. Revocation shall not affect any of Guarantors' obligations
or Bank's rights with respect to transactions which precede Bank's receipt of
such notice, regardless of whether or not the indebtedness related to such
transactions, before or after revocation, has been renewed, compromised,
extended, accelerated, or otherwise changed as to any of its terms, including
time for payment or increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, and
regardless of any other act or omission of Bank authorized hereunder. Revocation
by any one or more of Guarantors shall not affect any obligations of any
nonrevoking Guarantors. If this Guaranty is revoked, returned, or canceled, and
subsequently any payment or transfer of any interest in property by Borrowers to
Bank is rescinded or must be returned by Bank to Borrowers, this Guaranty shall
be reinstated with respect to any such payment or transfer, regardless of any
such prior revocation, return, or cancellation.
 
     (12) Where any one or more of Borrowers are corporations or partnerships it
is not necessary for Bank to inquire into the powers of Borrowers or of the
officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their
behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed
exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.
 
     (13) Bank may, without notice to Guarantors and without affecting
Guarantors' obligations hereunder, assign the indebtedness and this Guaranty, in
whole or in part. Guarantors agree that Bank may disclose to any assignee or
purchaser or any prospective assignee or purchaser, of all or part of the
indebtedness any and all information in Bank's possession concerning Guarantors,
this Guaranty, and any security for this Guaranty.
 
     (14) Guarantors agree to pay all reasonable attorneys' fees, including
allocated costs of Bank's in-house counsel, and all other costs and expenses
which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty.
 
     (15) Any married person who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees
that recourse may be had against such person's separate property for all
obligations under this Guaranty.
 
     (16) Where there is but a single Borrower, or where a single Guarantor
executes this Guaranty, then all words used herein in the plural shall be deemed
to have been used in the singular where the context and construction so require;
and when there is more than one Borrower named herein, or when this Guaranty is
executed by more than one Guarantor, the words "Borrowers" and "Guarantors"
respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them.
 
     (17) This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws
of the State of California, to the jurisdiction of which the parties hereto
submit.
 
     (18) (a) Any controversy or claim between or among the parties, including
but not limited to those arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any
agreements or instruments relating hereto or delivered in connection herewith
and any claim based on or arising from an alleged tort, shall at the request of
any party be determined by arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code),
notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Guaranty, and under the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The
arbitrator(s) shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any
claim. Any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitrable shall be
determined by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon the arbitration award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an
action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall
not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to
submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such
action for judicial relief.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a), no controversy
     or claim shall be submitted to arbitration without the consent of all
     parties if, at the time of the proposed submission, such controversy or
     claim arises from or relates to an obligation to Bank which is secured by
     real property collateral located in California. If all parties do not
     consent to submission of such a controversy or claim to arbitration, the
     controversy or claim shall be determined as provided in subparagraph (c).
 
          (c) A controversy or claim which is not submitted to arbitration as
     provided and limited in subparagraphs (a) and (b) shall, at the request of
     any party, be determined by a reference in accordance with California Code
     of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq. If such an election is made, the
     parties shall designate to the court a referee or referees selected under
     the auspices of the AAA in the same manner as arbitrators are selected in
     AAA-sponsored proceedings. The presiding referee of the panel, or the
     referee if there is a single referee, shall be an active attorney or
     retired judge. Judgment upon the award rendered by such referee or referees
     shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in
     accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.
 
          (d) No provision of this paragraph shall limit the right of any party
     to this Guaranty to exercise self-help remedies such as setoff, to
     foreclose against or sell any real or personal property collateral or
     security, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of
     competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any
     arbitration or other proceeding. The exercise of a remedy does not waive
     the right of either party to resort to arbitration or reference. At Bank's
     option, foreclosure under a deed of trust or mortgage may be accomplished
     either by exercise of power of sale under the deed of trust or mortgage or
     by judicial foreclosure.
 
     Executed this 7th day of August, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
WITNESSED                                                  Gardener's Eden, Inc.
/s/  ALI PARODI                                            /s/  PAT CONNOLLY
---------------------------------------------------        ---------------------------------
Witness                                                    By: Patrick Connolly, President
                                                           /s/  RUSSELL SOLT
3250 Van Ness, San Francisco, CA                           ---------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------        By: Russell Solt, Secretary
Address                                                    100 North Point Street,
x                                                          San Francisco, CA 94133
---------------------------------------------------
Witness
---------------------------------------------------
Address
</TABLE>
 
Address for notices to Bank:
 
BANK OF AMERICA N.T. & S.A.
San Francisco Commercial Banking Office #01499
345 Montgomery St.
P.O. Box 37001
San Francisco, CA 94137
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

                NOTE AGREEMENT FOR $40,000,000 7.2% SENIOR NOTES



<PAGE>   2



         EXHIBIT 10.9 : NOTE AGREEMENT FOR $40,000,000 7.2% SENIOR NOTES

================================================================================


                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.


                                 NOTE AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of August 1, 1995


         Re:              $40,000,000 7.20% Senior Notes
                           Due August 8, 2005


================================================================================


<PAGE>   3



                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.
                               3250 VanNess Avenue
                         San Francisco, California 94109


                                 NOTE AGREEMENT

                                       Re:

                         $40,000,000 7.20% Senior Notes
                               Due August 8, 2005

                                                                     Dated as of
                                                                  August 1, 1995

To the Purchasers named in Schedule I
  to this Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The undersigned, Williams-Sonoma, Inc., a California corporation (the
"Company"), agrees with the purchasers named in Schedule I to this Agreement
(the "Purchasers") as follows:


SECTION 1.               DESCRIPTION OF NOTES AND COMMITMENT.


             Section 1.1. Description of Notes. The Company will authorize the
issue and sale of $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.20% Senior
Notes (the "Notes") to be dated the date of issue, to bear interest from such
date at the rate of 7.20% per annum, payable semiannually on the eighth day of
February and August in each year (commencing February 8, 1996) and at maturity
and to bear interest on overdue principal (including any overdue required or
optional prepayment of principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent
legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest at the Overdue Rate
after the date due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid, to be
expressed to mature on August 8, 2005, and to be substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Notes are not subject to
prepayment or redemption at the option of the Company prior to their expressed
maturity date except on the terms and

<PAGE>   4

conditions and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set forth in SECTION
2 of this Agreement. The term "Notes" as used herein shall include each Note
delivered pursuant to this Agreement. The terms which are capitalized herein
shall have the meanings set forth in SECTION 8.1 unless the context shall
otherwise require.

             Section 1.2. Commitment, Closing Date. Subject to the terms and
conditions hereof and on the basis of the representations and warranties
hereinafter set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each Purchaser,
and such Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, Notes in the principal
amount set forth opposite such Purchaser's name on Schedule I hereto at a price
of 100% of the principal amount thereof on the Closing Date hereafter mentioned.

         Delivery of the Notes will be made at the offices of Chapman and
Cutler, 111 West Monroe, Chicago, Illinois 60603, against payment therefor in
Federal Reserve or other funds current and immediately available at the
principal office of Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association in
the amount of the purchase price at 10:00 A.M., Chicago, Illinois time, on
August 8, 1995 or such later date (not later than August 15, 1995) as shall
mutually be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the "Closing Date").
The Notes delivered to each Purchaser on the Closing Date will be delivered to
such Purchaser in the form of a single registered Note in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit A for the full amount of such Purchaser's purchase (unless
different denominations are specified by such Purchaser), registered in such
Purchaser's name or in the name of such Purchaser's nominee, as may be specified
in Schedule I attached hereto.

             Section 1.3. Several Commitments. The obligations of the Purchasers
shall be several and not joint and no Purchaser shall be liable or responsible
for the acts or defaults of any other Purchaser.

             Section 1.4. Guaranty of Notes. The payment by the Company of all
amounts due with respect to the Notes and the performance by the Company of its
obligations under this Agreement are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by
Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc., The Pottery Barn East, Inc., Gardener's Eden,
Inc., Hold Everything, Inc., and Chambers Catalog Company, Inc. (collectively,
the "Initial Subsidiary Guarantors") pursuant to the Guaranty Agreement, dated
as of August 1, 1995 (the "Guaranty Agreement"), substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit C.



-2-


<PAGE>   5

SECTION 2.               PREPAYMENT OF NOTES.

             Section 2.1. Required Prepayments. In addition to paying the entire
outstanding principal amount and the interest due on the Notes on the maturity
date thereof, the Company agrees that on August 8 in each year, commencing
August 8, 1999 and ending August 8, 2004, both inclusive, it will prepay and
apply and there shall become due and payable on the principal indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $5,714,285 or (b)
the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The entire remaining
principal amount of the Notes shall become due and payable on August 8, 2005. No
premium shall be payable in connection with any required prepayment made
pursuant to this SECTION 2.1.

             In the event that the Company shall prepay less than all of the
Notes pursuant to SECTION 2.2, the amounts of the prepayments required by this
SECTION 2.1 shall be reduced by an amount which is the same percentage of such
required prepayment as the percentage that the principal amount of Notes prepaid
pursuant to SECTION 2.2 is of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes immediately prior to such prepayment.

             Section 2.2. Optional Prepayment with Premium. In addition to the
payments required by SECTION 2.1, upon compliance with SECTION 2.3, the Company
shall have the privilege, at any time and from time to time of prepaying the
outstanding Notes, either in whole or in part (but if in part then in a minimum
principal amount of $1,000,000), by payment of the principal amount of the
Notes, or portion thereof to be prepaid, and accrued interest thereon to the
date of such prepayment, together with a premium equal to the Make-Whole Amount,
determined as of two Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment pursuant
to this SECTION 2.2.

             Section 2.3. Notice of Optional Prepayments. The Company will give
notice of any prepayment of the Notes pursuant to SECTION 2.2 to each Holder not
less than 30 days nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for such optional
prepayment specifying (a) such date, (b) the principal amount of such Holder's
Notes to be prepaid on such date, (c) that a premium may be payable, (d) the
date when such premium will be calculated, (e) the estimated premium, together
with a reasonably detailed computation of such estimated premium, and (f) the
accrued interest applicable to the prepayment. Such notice of prepayment shall
also certify all facts, if any, which are conditions precedent to any such
prepayment. Notice of prepayment having been so given, the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes specified in such notice, together with accrued interest
thereon and the premium, if any, payable with respect thereto shall, subject to
the satisfaction or


-3-

<PAGE>   6

occurrence of the conditions precedent specified in such notice, if any, become
due and payable on the prepayment date specified in said notice. Two Business
Days prior to the prepayment date specified in such notice, the Company shall
provide each Holder written notice of the premium, if any, payable in connection
with such prepayment and, whether or not any premium is payable, a reasonably
detailed computation of the Make-Whole Amount.

             Section 2.4. Application of Prepayments. All partial prepayments
made pursuant to SECTION 2.1 or SECTION 2.2 shall be applied on all outstanding
Notes ratably in accordance with the unpaid principal amounts thereof.

             Section 2.5. Direct Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Agreement or the Notes, in the case of any Note owned
by any Holder that is a Purchaser or any other Institutional Holder which has
given written notice to the Company requesting that the provisions of this
SECTION 2.5 shall apply, the Company will punctually pay when due the principal
thereof, interest thereon and premium, if any, due with respect to said
principal, without any presentment thereof, directly to such Holder at its
address set forth in Schedule I hereto or such other address as such Holder may
from time to time designate in writing to the Company or, if a bank account with
a United States bank is so designated for such Holder, the Company will make
such payments in immediately available funds to such bank account, no later than
12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date due, marked for attention as
indicated, or in such other manner or to such other account in any United States
bank as such Holder may from time to time direct in writing. If for any reason
whatsoever the Company does not make any such payment by such 12:00 p.m.
transmittal time, such payment shall be deemed to have been made on the next
following Business Day and such payment shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate.

SECTION 3.               REPRESENTATIONS.

             Section 3.1. Representations of the Company. The Company represents
and warrants that all representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit B are
true and correct as of the date hereof and are incorporated herein by reference
with the same force and effect as though herein set forth in full.

             Section 3.2. Representations of the Purchasers. (a) Each Purchaser
represents, and in entering into this Agreement the Company understands, that
such Purchaser is acquiring the Notes for the purpose of investment and not with
a view to the


-4-

<PAGE>   7

distribution thereof, and that such Purchaser has no present intention of
selling, negotiating or otherwise disposing of the Notes; it being understood,
however, that the disposition of such Purchaser's property shall at all times be
and remain within its control.

           (b) Each Purchaser further represents that either: (1) such Purchaser
is acquiring the Notes with assets from such Purchaser's general account and not
with the assets of any separate account in which any employee benefit plan has
any interest; (2) the source of funds to be used by such Purchaser to pay the
purchase price of the Notes is an "insurance company general account" within the
meaning of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60
(issued July 12, 1995) and there is no "employee benefit plan" (within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA or Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code), treating as
a single plan, all plans maintained by the same employer or employee
organization, with respect to which the amount of the general account reserves
and liabilities for all contracts held by or on behalf of such plan, exceed ten
percent (10%) of the total reserves and liabilities of such general account
(exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus, as set forth in the
NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser's state of domicile; or (3) all
or a part of such funds constitute assets of one or more separate accounts,
trusts or a commingled pension trust maintained by such Purchaser, and such
Purchaser has disclosed to the Company the names of such employee benefit plans
whose assets in such separate account or accounts or pension trusts exceed 10%
of the total assets or are expected to exceed 10% of the total assets of such
account or accounts or trusts as of the date of such purchase and the Company
has advised such Purchaser in writing (and in making the representations set
forth in this clause (3) such Purchaser is relying on such advice) that the
Company is not a party-in-interest nor are the Notes employer securities with
respect to the particular employee benefit plan disclosed to the Company by such
Purchaser as aforesaid (for the purpose of this clause (3), all employee benefit
plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization are deemed to be
a single plan). As used in this SECTION 3.2(b), the terms "separate account",
"party-in-interest", "employer securities" and "employee benefit plan" shall
have the respective meanings assigned to them in ERISA.

SECTION 4.               CLOSING CONDITIONS.

             Section 4.1. Conditions. The obligation of each Purchaser to
purchase the Notes on the Closing Date shall be subject to the performance by
the Company of its agreements hereunder which by the terms hereof are to be
performed at or prior to the time of delivery of the Notes and to the following
further conditions precedent:


-5-


<PAGE>   8

                   (a) Closing Certificate. Such Purchaser shall have received a
         certificate dated the Closing Date, signed by the President or a Vice
         President of the Company, the truth and accuracy of which shall be a
         condition to such Purchaser's obligation to purchase the Notes proposed
         to be sold to such Purchaser and to the effect that (1) the
         representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Exhibit B
         hereto are true and correct on and with respect to the Closing Date,
         (2) the Company has performed all of its obligations hereunder which
         are to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, and (3) no Default
         or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                   (b) Guaranty Agreement; Intercreditor Agreement. The Guaranty
         Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement shall be in form and
         substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, shall have been duly executed
         and delivered by the parties thereto and shall be in full force and
         effect and such Purchaser shall have received true, correct and
         complete copies of each thereof.

                   (c) Legal Opinions. Such Purchaser shall have received from
         Chapman and Cutler, who are acting as special counsel to the Purchasers
         in this transaction, and from Irell & Manella, counsel for the Company
         and the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors, their respective opinions dated
         the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser,
         and covering the matters set forth in Exhibits E and F, respectively,
         hereto.

                   (d) Company's Existence and Authority. On or prior to the
         Closing Date, such Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance
         reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and special counsel to the
         Purchasers, such documents and evidence with respect to the Company as
         special counsel to the Purchasers may reasonably request in order to
         establish the existence and good standing of the Company and the
         authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                   (e) Initial Subsidiary Guarantors' Existence and Authority.
         On or prior to the Closing Date, such Purchaser shall have received, in
         form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and
         special counsel to the Purchasers, such documents and evidence with
         respect to the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors as special counsel to the
         Purchasers may reasonably request in order to establish the existence
         and good standing of the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors and the
         authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Guaranty
         Agreement.


-6-

<PAGE>   9

                   (f) Related Transactions. The Company shall have consummated
         the sale of the entire principal amount of the Notes scheduled to be
         sold on the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement.

                   (g) Private Placement Number. On or prior to the Closing
         Date, special counsel to the Purchasers shall have duly made the
         appropriate filings with Standard & Poor's CUSIP Service Bureau, as
         agent for the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, in order
         to obtain a private placement number for the Notes.

                   (h) Funding Instructions. At least three Business Days prior
         to the Closing Date, such Purchaser shall have received written
         instructions executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company directing
         the manner of the payment of funds and setting forth (1) the name and
         address of the transferee bank, (2) such transferee bank's ABA number,
         (3) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the
         Notes is to be deposited, and (4) the name and telephone number of the
         account representative responsible for verifying receipt of such funds.

                   (i) Special Counsel Fees. Concurrently with the delivery of
         the Notes to such Purchaser on the Closing Date, the reasonable and
         invoiced charges and disbursements of Chapman and Cutler, special
         counsel to the Purchasers, shall have been paid by the Company.

                   (j) Legality of Investment. The Notes to be purchased by such
         Purchaser shall be a legal investment for such Purchaser under the laws
         of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser may be subject (without
         resort to any so-called "basket provisions" to such laws).

                   (k) Satisfactory Proceedings. All proceedings taken in
         connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and
         all documents necessary to the consummation thereof, shall be
         satisfactory in form and substance to such Purchaser and special
         counsel to the Purchasers, and such Purchaser shall have received a
         copy (executed or certified as may be appropriate) of all legal
         documents or proceedings taken in connection with the consummation of
         said transactions.



-7-

<PAGE>   10

             Section 4.2. Waiver of Conditions. If on the Closing Date the
Company fails to tender to any Purchaser the Notes to be issued to such
Purchaser on such date or if the conditions specified in SECTION 4.1 have not
been fulfilled, such Purchaser may thereupon elect to be relieved of all further
obligations under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, if the
conditions specified in SECTION 4.1 have not been fulfilled, such Purchaser may
waive compliance by the Company with any such condition to such extent as such
Purchaser may in its sole discretion determine. Nothing in this SECTION 4.2
shall operate to relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder or to
waive any Purchaser's rights against the Company.

SECTION 5.               COMPANY COVENANTS.

         From and after the Closing Date and continuing so long as any amount
remains unpaid on any Note:

             Section 5.1. Corporate Existence, Etc. The Company will at all
times preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. The
Company will at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect the
corporate existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (unless merged into
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or dissolved after transfer of all or
substantially all of its assets as otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and
all rights and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries unless,
in the good faith judgment of the Company, the termination of or failure to
preserve and keep in full force and effect such corporate existence, right or
franchise could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 5.2. Insurance. The Company will and will cause each of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable
insurers, insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses
against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in
such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if
adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the
case of entities of established reputation engaged in the same or a similar
business and similarly situated.

  (a) The Company will and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
file all tax returns required to be filed in any jurisdiction and to pay and
discharge all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns and all other
taxes, assessments, governmental charges, or levies imposed on them or any of
their properties, assets, income or


-8-


<PAGE>   11

franchises, to the extent such taxes and assessments have become due and payable
and before they have become delinquent and all claims for which sums have become
due and payable that have or might become a Lien on properties or assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary need pay any such tax or assessment or claims if (i) the
amount, applicability or validity thereof is contested by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary on a timely basis in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings, and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has established adequate
reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP on the books of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the nonpayment of all such taxes and assessments
in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

           (b) The Company will and will cause each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to comply with all laws, ordinances or governmental rules or
regulations to which each of them is subject, including, without limitation,
Environmental Laws and ERISA, and will obtain and maintain in effect all
licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental
authorizations necessary to the ownership of their respective properties or to
the conduct of their respective businesses, in each case to the extent necessary
to ensure that non-compliance with such laws, ordinances or governmental rules
or regulations or failures to obtain or maintain in effect such licenses,
certificates, permits, franchises and other governmental authorizations could
not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

             Section 5.4. Maintenance, Etc. The Company will and will cause each
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain and keep, or cause to be maintained
and kept, their respective properties in good repair, working order and
condition (other than ordinary wear and tear), so that the business carried on
in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times, provided that
this SECTION 5.4 shall not prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from
discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its properties if such
discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Company has
concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

             Section 5.5. Nature of Business.  Neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary will engage in any business if, as a result, the general
nature of the business, taken on a consolidated basis, which would then be
engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be substantially
changed from the general nature of the business engaged in by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this


-9-

<PAGE>   12

Agreement. For purposes of this SECTION 5.5, the term "substantially changed"
shall mean less than 90% of the Company's revenues are generated by lines of
business related to the Company's business as of the Closing Date.

             Section 5.6. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Company will at
all times keep and maintain Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at an amount not
less than $90,000,000.

             Section 5.7. Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio. The Company will keep
and maintain the ratio of Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to
Consolidated Fixed Charges for the average of any six of the immediately
preceding eight fiscal quarters at not less than 1.5 to 1.0.

             Section 5.8. Limitations on Current Debt and Funded Debt. (a) The
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create,
assume, guarantee or otherwise incur or in any manner be or become liable in
respect of any Current Debt or Funded Debt, except:

                   (1) Funded Debt evidenced by the Notes and by the Guaranty
         Agreement;

                   (2) Funded Debt of the Company and its Restricted
         Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and described
         on Schedule II hereto;

                   (3) Funded Debt of the Company and its Restricted
         Subsidiaries, provided that at the time of creation, issuance,
         assumption, guarantee or incurrence thereof and after giving effect
         thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof:

                            (i) Consolidated Funded Debt shall not exceed 50% of
                  Consolidated Total Capitalization, and

                           (ii) in the case of the issuance of any Funded Debt
                  of the Company secured by Liens permitted by SECTION 5.9(h)
                  and any Funded Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary other than
                  Funded Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary secured by Liens
                  permitted by SECTION 5.9(g), the sum (without duplication) of
                  (A) the aggregate amount of all Funded Debt secured by Liens
                  permitted by SECTION 5.9(h) (including Funded Debt secured by
                  Liens permitted by SECTION 5.9(h)

-10-

<PAGE>   13


                  and extended, renewed or refunded pursuant to SECTION 5.9(i))
                  plus (B) the aggregate amount of all Funded Debt of Restricted
                  Subsidiaries other than (x) Funded Debt of a Restricted
                  Subsidiary secured by Liens permitted by SECTION 5.9(g), (y)
                  Funded Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a
                  Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, and (z) Funded Debt
                  evidenced by the Permitted Subsidiary Guaranties, plus (C) the
                  aggregate amount of the present value of all Rentals of the
                  Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection
                  with sale and leaseback transactions permitted by SECTION
                  5.10, shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth;

                  (4) Current Debt of the Company and its Restricted
         Subsidiaries, provided that during the twelve-month period immediately
         preceding the date of incurrence thereof, there shall have been a
         period of 28 consecutive days during which (i) the Company and its
         Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been free of all Current Debt or
         (ii) the largest aggregate principal amount of all Current Debt
         outstanding on each day of such 28-day period did not exceed the
         amount of additional Funded Debt which could have been issued or
         incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary within the
         limitations of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) on each day of such period and which
         Current Debt shall during each day of such 28-day period be deemed to
         constitute outstanding Funded Debt for purposes of any determination
         of additional Funded Debt to be issued or incurred within the
         limitations of said SECTION 5.8(a)(3); and                 

                  (5) Funded Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or
         to a Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary.

         (b) The renewal, extension or refunding of any Funded Debt, issued,
incurred or outstanding pursuant to SECTION 5.8(a)(2) shall not constitute the
issuance of additional Funded Debt subject to the limitations of the applicable
provisions of this SECTION 5.8 provided that the principal amount of such Funded
Debt outstanding immediately before giving effect to such extension, renewal or
refunding is not increased.

         (c) Any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the
Closing Date shall for all purposes of this SECTION 5.8 be deemed to have
created, assumed or incurred at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and
which shall be subject to the terms and limitations set forth in SECTION
5.8(a)(3), all Debt of such Person existing immediately after it becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary.

-11-

<PAGE>   14

             Section 5.9. Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or incur, or suffer to be
incurred or to exist, any Lien on its or their property or assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, or
transfer any property for the purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of
obligations in priority to the payment of its or their general creditors, or
acquire or agree to acquire, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to acquire, any
property or assets upon conditional sales agreements or other title retention
devices, except:

                   (a) Liens for property taxes and assessments or governmental
         charges or levies and Liens securing claims or demands of mechanics and
         materialmen, provided that payment thereof is not at the time required
         by SECTION 5.3;

                   (b) Liens of or resulting from any judgment or award, the
         time for the appeal or petition for rehearing of which shall not have
         expired, or in respect of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
         shall at any time in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceeding
         for a review and in respect of which a stay of execution pending such
         appeal or proceeding for review shall have been secured within 60 days
         after the entry of such judgment or award;

                   (c) Liens incidental to the conduct of business or the
         ownership of properties and assets (including Liens in connection with
         worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other like laws,
         warehousemen's and attorneys' liens and statutory landlords' liens) and
         Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders or trade contracts, or
         to secure statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or other Liens
         of like general nature and not incurred in connection with the
         borrowing of money, provided in each case, the obligation secured is
         not overdue or, if overdue, is being contested in good faith by
         appropriate actions or proceedings;

                   (d) survey and title exceptions, encumbrances, easements,
         encroachments, covenants or reservations, or rights of others for
         rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
         restrictions as to the use of real properties, which do not in any
         event materially impair their use in the operation of the business of
         the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

                   (e) Liens securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary to the
         Company or to a Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary;

-12-

<PAGE>   15

                   (f) Liens existing as of the Closing Date and described on
         Schedule II hereto;

                   (g) (A) Liens created or incurred after the Closing Date
         given to secure the payment of the purchase price or incurred in
         connection with the acquisition or purchase of property, or the cost of
         construction or improvement of new or existing property, including
         Liens existing on such property at the time of acquisition thereof
         whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of
         the purchase price thereof, and (B) Liens on property existing on such
         property at the time of acquisition thereof, whether or not the Debt
         secured thereby is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
         but specifically excluding from clauses (A) and (B) Liens existing on
         such property or outstanding shares or Debt of a Person at the time
         such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any
         Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of a sale, lease or other
         disposition of the properties or outstanding shares or Debt of such
         Person as an entirety to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
         provided that, for purposes of clauses (A) and (B), (1) the Lien shall
         attach solely to the property acquired, purchased or being constructed
         or improved, (2) with respect to Liens described in clause (A) above,
         such Lien shall have been created or incurred within 180 days of the
         date of acquisition or purchase or the completion of the construction
         or improvement of such property, and (3) all such Funded Debt shall
         have been incurred within the applicable limitations provided in
         SECTION 5.8(a)(3)(i);

                   (h) Liens created or incurred after the Closing Date given to
         secure Funded Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
         addition to the Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (a) through
         (g) hereof, provided that all Funded Debt secured by such Liens shall
         have been incurred within the applicable limitations provided in
         SECTION 5.8(a)(3);

                   (i) any extension, renewal or refunding of any Lien permitted
         by the preceding clauses of this SECTION 5.9 in respect of the same
         property theretofore subject to such Lien in connection with the
         extension, renewal or refunding of the Debt secured thereby; provided
         that (1) such extension, renewal or refunding of Debt shall be without
         increase in the principal amount remaining unpaid as of the date of
         such extension, renewal or refunding, (2) such Lien shall attach solely
         to the same such property, and (3) at the time of such extension,
         renewal or refunding no Event of Default shall have occurred or be
         continuing after giving effect to such extension, renewal or refunding;
         and


-13-

<PAGE>   16

                   (j) unperfected Liens arising by operation of law under
         Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of unpaid sellers or
         prepaying buyers of goods relating to amounts that are not past due in
         accordance with their respective terms of sale.

         Section 5.10. Limitation on Sale and Leasebacks. The Company will not,
and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement
whereby the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any
property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other
than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and thereupon the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall lease, as lessee, the same property, unless the
lease is executed within 180 days following the sale or transfer of such
property and the present value of all Rentals of the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries under the leases resulting from such sale and leaseback
transactions made pursuant to this SECTION 5.10 shall have been incurred within
the applicable limitations provided in SECTION 5.8(a)(3)(ii).

         Section 5.11. Dividends, Stock Purchases, Restricted Investments. (a)
The Company will not and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, or through any Affiliate, declare or
make or incur any liability to declare or make any Distribution and neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will declare, make or authorize
any Restricted Investment, unless, immediately after giving effect to the
proposed Distribution or Restricted Investment, the aggregate amount of
Distributions declared in the case of dividends or made in the case of other
Distributions plus the aggregate amount of Restricted Investments then held by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued immediately after the making
of such Restricted Investment as provided in the definition thereof) during the
period from and after the Closing Date to and including the date of declaration
in the case of a dividend, the date of payment in the case of any other
Distribution and the date such Investment is committed to in the case of a
Restricted Investment, would not exceed the sum of:

                   (1)     $15,000,000; plus

                   (2) 50% of Consolidated Net Income (or if such Consolidated
         Net Income is a deficit figure, then minus 100% of such deficit) for
         such period determined on a cumulative basis commencing on July 31,
         1995, to and including the date of such declaration, payment or
         commitment; plus

-14-


<PAGE>   17

                   (3) an amount equal to the aggregate net cash proceeds
         received by the Company from the sale on or after the Closing Date of
         shares of its common stock, warrants and Preferred Stock and an amount
         equal to the cash savings realized from the conversion of Debt of the
         Company to capital stock of the Company; plus

                   (4) an amount equal to the net return of capital, in cash,
         from Restricted Investments made after the Closing Date.

         (b) For the purposes of making computations under paragraph (a) of this
SECTION 5.11, the amount of any Distribution declared, paid or distributed or
Restricted Investment made in property or assets of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the greater of the book value or fair market
value (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) of such
property or assets as of the date of declaration in the case of a dividend, the
date of payment in the case of any other Distribution and the date the
Investment is committed to in the case of any Restricted Investment.

         Any corporation which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of
this Agreement shall be deemed to have made, at the time it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary, all Restricted Investments of such corporation existing immediately
after it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

         (c) The Company will not authorize a Distribution on its capital stock
which is not payable within 60 days of authorization.

         (d) The Company will not authorize or make a Distribution on its
capital stock and neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will make
any Restricted Investment if after giving effect to the proposed Distribution or
Restricted Investment:

                   (1) a Default or an Event of Default would exist; or

                   (2) the Company could not incur at least $1.00 of additional
         Funded Debt pursuant to SECTION 5.8(a)(3).

             Section 5.12 Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets. (a) The
Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consolidate
with or be a party

-15-


<PAGE>   18


to a merger with any other Person, or sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets; provided that:

                   (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with
         or into the Company or any Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary so long
         as in any merger or consolidation involving the Company, the Company
         shall be the surviving or continuing corporation;

                   (2) the Company may consolidate or merge with or into any
         other corporation if (i) the corporation which results from such
         consolidation or merger (the "surviving corporation") is organized
         under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of
         Columbia, (ii) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and
         premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes, according to their
         tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observation of all of
         the covenants in the Notes and this Agreement to be performed or
         observed by the Company are expressly assumed in writing by the
         surviving corporation (if other than the Company) and the surviving
         corporation shall furnish to the Holders an opinion of counsel
         satisfactory to such Holders to the effect that the instrument of
         assumption has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and
         constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the
         surviving corporation enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
         as enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement
         of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles, and
         (iii) at the time of such consolidation or merger and immediately after
         giving effect thereto, (A) no Default or Event of Default would exist
         and (B) the surviving corporation would be permitted by the provisions
         of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) to incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt;

                   (3) the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of all or
         substantially all of its assets (other than stock and Indebtedness of a
         Restricted Subsidiary, which may only be sold or otherwise disposed of
         pursuant to SECTION 5.12(c)) to any Person for consideration which
         represents the fair market value of such assets (as determined in good
         faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of which
         determination, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
         the Company, shall have been furnished to the Holders) at the time of
         such sale or other disposition if (i) the acquiring Person is a
         corporation organized under the laws of any state of the United States
         or the District of Columbia, (ii) the due and punctual payment of the
         principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all the

-16-
<PAGE>   19

         Notes, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance
         and observance of all of the covenants in the Notes and in this
         Agreement to be performed or observed by the Company are expressly
         assumed in writing by the acquiring corporation and the acquiring
         corporation shall furnish to the Holders an opinion of counsel
         satisfactory to such Holders to the effect that the instrument of
         assumption has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and
         constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of such
         acquiring corporation enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
         as enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting the enforcement
         of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles, and
         (iii) at the time of such sale or disposition and immediately after
         giving effect thereto, (A) no Default or Event of Default would exist
         and (B) the acquiring corporation would be permitted by the provisions
         of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) to incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt.

         (b) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets (except assets sold in
the ordinary course of business and except as provided in SECTION 5.12(a)(3) or
SECTION 5.12(c)); provided that the foregoing restrictions do not apply to:

                   (1) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets
         between the Company and a Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary and
         between Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or

                   (2) the sale of assets for cash or other property to a Person
         or Persons if all of the following conditions are met:

                            (i) such assets (valued at net book value) do not,
                   together with all other assets of the Company and its
                   Restricted Subsidiaries previously disposed of during the
                   same fiscal year (other than (A) in the ordinary course of
                   business, (B) Underperforming Store Disposals, (C) Excepted
                   Disposals and (D) dispositions of worn-out items, or items
                   which have become obsolete as determined with respect to the
                   business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries),
                   exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Assets determined as of the
                   end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding such sale;

-17-


<PAGE>   20

                           (ii) in the opinion of a Responsible Officer, the
                   sale is for fair value and is in the best interests of the
                   Company; and

                          (iii) immediately after the consummation of the
                   transaction and after giving effect thereto, (A) no Default
                   or Event of Default would exist, and (B) the Company would be
                   permitted by the provisions of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) to incur at
                   least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt;

         provided, however, that for purposes of the foregoing calculation of
         SECTION 5.12(b)(2)(i), there shall not be included any assets the net
         proceeds of which were or are (x) in connection with a Gardener's
         Eden/Chambers Sale, invested in Permitted Gardener's Eden/Chambers
         Notes or (y) applied within 12 months of the date of sale of such
         assets to (A) the acquisition of assets for the business and/or related
         businesses of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or (B) the
         prepayment at any applicable prepayment premium of Funded Debt of the
         Company which ranks pari passu with the Notes. It is understood and
         agreed by the Company that any such proceeds paid and applied to the
         prepayment of the Notes as hereinabove provided shall be prepaid as and
         to the extent provided in SECTION 2.2.

         Computations pursuant to this SECTION 5.12(b) shall include
dispositions made pursuant to SECTION 5.12(c) and computations pursuant to
SECTION 5.12(c) shall include dispositions made pursuant to this SECTION
5.12(b).

         (c) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of the stock (including as
"stock" for the purposes of this SECTION 5.12(c) any options or warrants to
purchase stock or other Securities exchangeable for or convertible into stock)
of a Restricted Subsidiary (said stock, options, warrants and other Securities
herein called "Subsidiary Stock") or any Indebtedness of any Restricted
Subsidiary, nor will any Restricted Subsidiary issue, sell, pledge or otherwise
dispose of any shares of its own Subsidiary Stock, provided that the foregoing
restrictions do not apply to:

                   (1) the issue of directors' qualifying shares; or

                   (2) the issue of Subsidiary Stock to the Company or to a
         Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; or

-18-


<PAGE>   21

                   (3) the sale or other disposition at any one time to a Person
         of the entire Investment of the Company and its other Restricted
         Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary if all of the following
         conditions are met:

                            (i) the assets (valued at net book value) of such
                   Restricted Subsidiary do not, together with all other assets
                   of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries previously
                   disposed of during the same fiscal year (other than (A) in
                   the ordinary course of business, (B) Underperforming Store
                   Disposals, (C) Excepted Disposals and (D) dispositions of
                   worn-out items, or items which have become obsolete as
                   determined with respect to the business of the Company and
                   its Restricted Subsidiaries), exceed 10% of Consolidated
                   Total Assets determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter
                   immediately preceding such sale or other disposition;

                           (ii) in the opinion of a Responsible Officer, the
                   sale or other disposition is for fair value and is in the
                   best interests of the Company;

                          (iii) immediately after the consummation of the
                   transaction and after giving effect thereto, such Restricted
                   Subsidiary shall have no Indebtedness of or continuing
                   Investment in the capital stock of the Company or of any
                   Restricted Subsidiary and any such Indebtedness or Investment
                   shall have been discharged or acquired, as the case may be,
                   by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

                           (iv) immediately after the consummation of the
                   transaction and after giving effect thereto, (A) no Default
                   or Event of Default would exist, and (B) the Company would be
                   permitted by the provisions of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) to incur at
                   least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt;

         provided, however, that for purposes of the foregoing calculation of
         SECTION 5.12(c)(3)(i), there shall not be included any shares of the
         stock of a Restricted Subsidiary the net proceeds of which were or are
         (x) in connection with a Gardener's Eden/Chambers Sale, invested in
         Permitted Gardener's Eden/Chambers Notes or (y) applied within 12
         months of the date of sale of such shares of the stock of a Restricted
         Subsidiary to either (A) the acquisition of assets for the business
         and/or related businesses of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         and/or (B) the prepayment at any applicable prepayment premium of
         Funded Debt of the Company which ranks pari passu with the Notes. It is
         understood and agreed by

-19-


<PAGE>   22

         the Company that any such proceeds paid and applied to the prepayment
         of the Notes as hereinabove provided shall be prepaid as and to the
         extent provided in SECTION 2.2.

         Computations pursuant to this SECTION 5.12(c) shall include
dispositions made pursuant to SECTION 5.12(b) and computations pursuant to
SECTION 5.12(b) shall include dispositions made pursuant to this SECTION
5.12(c).

         (d) Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this SECTION 5.12, the
Company shall at all times own 100% of the capital stock of each Initial
Subsidiary Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

         Section 5.13. Guaranties. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, become or be liable in respect of any Guaranty except
(a) Guaranties by the Company which are limited in amount to a stated maximum
dollar exposure or which constitute Guaranties of obligations incurred by any
Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and
(b) the execution and delivery by Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted
Subsidiary Guaranties.

         Section 5.14. Repurchase of Notes. Neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate, directly or indirectly, may repurchase or
make any offer to repurchase any Notes unless an offer has been made to
repurchase Notes, pro rata, from all Holders at the same time and upon the same
terms. In case the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate repurchases or
otherwise acquires any Notes, such Notes shall immediately thereafter be
canceled and no Notes shall be issued in substitution therefor. Without limiting
the foregoing, upon the purchase or other acquisition of any Notes by the
Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, such Notes shall no longer be
outstanding for purposes of any section of this Agreement relating to the taking
by the Holders of any actions with respect hereto, including, without
limitation, SECTION 6.3, SECTION 6.4 and SECTION 7.1.

         Section 5.15. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or be a party to any
transaction or arrangement with any Affiliate (including, without limitation,
the purchase from, sale to or exchange of property with, or the rendering of any
service by or for, any Affiliate), except on terms which, when taken as a whole
with other transactions between such Affiliate and the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary than would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a
Person not an Affiliate.

-20-


<PAGE>   23

         Section 5.16. Termination of Pension Plans. The Company will not and
will not permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan or permit
any employee benefit plan maintained by it to be terminated if such withdrawal
or termination could result in withdrawal liability (as described in Part 1 of
Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA) or the imposition of a Lien on any property of
the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA.

         Section 5.17. Reports and Rights of Inspection. The Company will keep,
and will cause each Subsidiary to keep, proper books of record and account in
which full and correct entries will be made of all dealings or transactions of,
or in relation to, the business and affairs of the Company or such Subsidiary,
so that the consolidated records of the Company and its Subsidiaries are
maintained in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except for changes
disclosed in the financial statements furnished to the Holders pursuant to this
SECTION 5.17 and concurred in by the independent public accountants referred to
in SECTION 5.17(b)), and will furnish to each Institutional Holder (in duplicate
if so specified below or otherwise requested):

                  (a) Quarterly Statements. As soon as available and in any
         event within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (except the
         last) of each fiscal year, copies of:

                            (1) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
                  its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter,
                  setting forth in comparative form the consolidated figures for
                  the fiscal year then most recently ended,

                            (2) a consolidated statement of income of the
                  Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for
                  the portion of the fiscal year ending with such fiscal
                  quarter, in each case setting forth in comparative form the
                  consolidated figures for the corresponding period of the
                  preceding fiscal year, and

                            (3) a consolidated statement of cash flow of the
                  Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for
                  the portion of the fiscal year ending with such fiscal
                  quarter, in each case setting forth in comparative form the
                  consolidated figures for the corresponding period of the
                  preceding fiscal year,

-21-


<PAGE>   24

         all in reasonable detail and certified as complete and correct in all
         material respects by an authorized financial officer of the Company;

                  (b)      Annual Statements. As soon as available and in any
         event within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the
         Company, copies of:

                           (1) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
                  its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year, and

                           (2) consolidated statements of income, retained
                  earnings and cash flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for
                  such fiscal year,

         in each case setting forth in comparative form the consolidated figures
         for the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied
         by a report thereon of a firm of independent public accountants of
         recognized national standing selected by the Company to the effect that
         the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
         respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal year being reported on and the
         consolidated results of the operations and cash flow for said year in
         conformity with GAAP and that the examination of such accountants in
         connection with such financial statements has been conducted in
         accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and included such
         tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as
         said accountants deemed necessary in the circumstances;

                  (c)      Audit Reports. Promptly upon the request of any
         Holder, one copy of each interim or special audit made by independent
         accountants of the books of the Company or any Subsidiary and any
         management letter received from such accountants;

                  (d)      SEC and Other Reports. Promptly upon their becoming
         available, one copy of each financial statement, report, notice or
         proxy statement sent by the Company to its creditors and stockholders
         generally and of each regular or periodic report, and any registration
         statement or prospectus filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with any
         securities exchange or the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
         successor agency, and copies of any orders in any proceedings to which
         the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, issued by any
         governmental agency, Federal or state, having jurisdiction over the
         Company

-22-


<PAGE>   25

         or any of its Subsidiaries which such orders could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (e)      Officer's Certificates. Within the periods provided
         in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, a certificate of the chief financial
         officer of the Company stating that such officer has reviewed the
         provisions of this Agreement and setting forth: (1) the information and
         computations (in sufficient detail) required in order to establish
         whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of SECTIONS
         5.6 through 5.12 at the end of the period covered by the financial
         statements then being furnished, and (2) whether there existed as of
         the date of such financial statements and whether, to the best of such
         officer's knowledge, there exists on the date of the certificate or
         existed at any time during the period covered by such financial
         statements any Default or Event of Default and, if any such condition
         or event exists on the date of the certificate, specifying the nature
         and period of existence thereof and the action the Company is taking
         and proposes to take with respect thereto;

                  (f)      Accountant's Certificates. Within the period provided
         in paragraph (b) above, a certificate of the accountants who render an
         opinion with respect to such financial statements, stating that they
         have reviewed this Agreement and stating further whether, in making
         their audit, such accountants have become aware of any Default or Event
         of Default under any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement
         insofar as any such terms or provisions pertain to or involve
         accounting matters or determinations, and if any such condition or
         event then exists, specifying the nature and period of existence
         thereof;

                  (g)      Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Additional Financial
         Statements. At all times during which the Company has designated any
         Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, within the respective periods
         provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, consolidated financial
         statements of the character and for the dates and periods as in said
         paragraphs (a) and (b) provided covering (1) the Company and its
         Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the
         Company; and

                  (h)      Requested Information. With reasonable promptness,
         such other data and information as any Institutional Holder may
         reasonably request.

-23-


<PAGE>   26

Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will permit each Institutional
Holder (or such Persons as such Institutional Holder may designate), upon
reasonable prior notice to the Company and at reasonable times and intervals, to
visit and inspect, under the Company's guidance (provided that the failure of
the Company to attend such inspection upon delivery of reasonable advance notice
by such Holder shall not restrict or affect such Holder's visitation and/or
inspection rights hereunder), any of the properties of the Company or any
Subsidiary, to examine all of their books of account, records, reports and other
papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom and to discuss their respective
affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, employees, and
independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes
said accountants to discuss with any Institutional Holder the finances and
affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries) (so long as in connection with any
meeting with the independent public accountants of the Company prior to the
occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, the Holders shall forward
reasonable advance notice of such proposed meeting to the Company and such
notice shall afford the Company the opportunity to attend such meeting, it being
understood that the failure of the Company to attend such meeting shall not
preclude the Holders from proceeding with such meeting), all at such reasonable
times and upon reasonable advance notice and as often as may be reasonably
requested. Any visitation shall be at the sole expense of such Institutional
Holder, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in
which case the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each such Institutional Holder
in connection with any such visitation or inspection shall be at the sole
expense of the Company.

         For the purposes of this SECTION 5.17, "Confidential Information" means
information delivered to any Holder by or on behalf of the Company or any
Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise
pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly
marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by any
Holder as being confidential information of the Company or such Subsidiary,
provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly
known or otherwise known to such Holder prior to the time of such disclosure,
(b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such
Holder or any person acting on such Holder's behalf, (c) otherwise becomes
known to such Holder other than through disclosure by the Company or any
Subsidiary or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Holder
under this SECTION 5.17 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Holder will
maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance
with procedures adopted by it in good faith to protect confidential information
of third parties delivered to it, provided that such Holder may deliver or      
disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers,

-24-


<PAGE>   27

employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure
reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by the
Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to
hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with
the terms of this SECTION 5.17, (iii) any other Holder, (iv) any Institutional
Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or
any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its
receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this
SECTION 5.17), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any debt security
of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of
such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this SECTION
5.17), (vi) any Federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over
it, (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar
organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to
information about such Holder's investment portfolio or (viii) any other Person
to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to
effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to it, (x)
in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any
litigation to which it is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing, to the extent it may reasonably determine such delivery and
disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the
protection of the rights and remedies under the Notes and this Agreement. Each
Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound
by and to be entitled to the benefits of this SECTION 5.17 as though it were a
party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with
the delivery to any Holder of information required to be delivered to such
Holder under this Agreement or requested by such Holder (other than a Holder
that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such Holder will enter into
an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this SECTION 5.17.

            Section 5.18.  Redesignation of Subsidiaries. The Company may
designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if,
immediately after giving effect thereto, (a) no Default or Event of Default
would exist, (b) the Company would be permitted by the provisions of SECTION
5.8(a)(3) to incur at least $1.00 of additional Funded Debt and (c) such
Subsidiary would not have a continuing Investment in the capital stock or other
Securities of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that once a Subsidiary has its designation as a Restricted Subsidiary withdrawn,
such Subsidiary may no longer be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary. Each
change in the designation of a Subsidiary shall be made by a Responsible Officer
of the Company and the Company shall within 30 days after such action give
written notice thereof to the Holders.

-25-


<PAGE>   28

            Section 5.19. Additional Subsidiary Guarantors. (a) In the event
that Subsidiaries of the Company are to become Additional Permitted
Subsidiary Guarantors subsequent to the Closing Date, the Company shall cause
each such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the payment of
all amounts payable by the Company hereunder and under the Notes and the
performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and under the Notes and
to deliver a guaranty substantially in the form of the Guaranty Agreement (the
"Additional Note Guaranty") and the following documentation at the time of its
becoming an Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor: (1) such documents and
evidence with respect to such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor as any
Holder may reasonably request in order to establish the existence and good
standing of such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor and evidence that
the Board of Directors of such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor has
adopted resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of the Additional
Note Guaranty to which such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor is a
party, (2) a secretarial certificate, dated the date of the delivery of such
Additional Note Guaranty, signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor in substantially the form
thereof delivered by the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors on the Closing Date, (3)
an opinion of independent counsel (which opinion and counsel shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Holders) covering the matters set forth in
paragraphs 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11 and 12 in the form of Exhibit F hereto which
relate to such Subsidiary Guarantor and the delivery of such Additional Note
Guaranty (provided that such opinion may be delivered on the assumption that
California law is selected as the governing law of such Additional Note
Guaranty), (4) all other documents and showings reasonably requested by the
Holders in connection with the execution and delivery of the Additional Note
Guaranty to which such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor is a party in
the same form as and to the same effect as if such Additional Note Guaranty and
related documents, agreement, certificates and opinions were delivered on the
Closing Date, which documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to
the Holders and their special counsel, and each Holder shall have received a
copy (executed or certified as may be appropriate) of all of the foregoing
legal documents, (5) a certificate to the Holders signed by an authorized
officer of such Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantor containing all
representations and warranties, if any, delivered by such Additional Permitted
Subsidiary Guarantor to any lender or creditor under the Bank of America Credit
Facility, such Successor Bank Facility or such Additional Debt Facility which
are not contained in the Additional Note Guaranty delivered pursuant to this
SECTION 5.19; provided that such representations and warranties, if any, are
delivered and shall be deemed made only as of the date of the delivery of the
related Additional Note Guaranty, and (6) an agreement or amendment evidencing
the undertaking by each lender or creditor which is a party to such Successor

-26-

<PAGE>   29

Bank Facility or such Additional Debt Facility to become a party to and to
undertake and perform the duties, rights and obligations of a party under the
Intercreditor Agreement, which agreement or amendment shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the Holders and their special counsel.

           (b) It is the intent of this SECTION 5.19 that at all times the
Company shall cause all Restricted Subsidiaries which have executed and
delivered Guaranties to holders of Debt of the Company under and pursuant to the
Bank of America Credit Facility, any Successor Bank Facility and any Additional
Debt Facility to be Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with and pursuant to the
provisions of this SECTION 5.19.

           (c) All reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Holders,
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of special
counsel to the Holders, incurred in connection with the execution and delivery
of the Additional Note Guaranties and the related agreements and opinions
described above shall be borne by the Company.

           (d) In the event that a Subsidiary Guarantor is sold, transferred or
disposed of in its entirety by the Company pursuant to SECTION 5.12, the Holders
will, upon receipt of evidence reasonably acceptable to them which evidence may
include certification by the Company that the Company has complied with the
terms and conditions of this SECTION 5.19, terminate the obligations of such
Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guaranty Agreement or the Additional Note
Guaranty to which such Subsidiary Guarantor is a party.

SECTION 6.               EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES THEREFOR.

             Section 6.1. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following
shall constitute an "Event of Default" as such term is used herein:

                   (a) Default shall occur in the payment of interest on any
         Note when the same shall have become due and such default shall
         continue for more than five Business Days; or

                   (b) Default shall occur in the making of any required
         prepayment on any of the Notes as provided in SECTION 2.1; or

                   (c) Default shall occur in the making of any other payment of
         the principal of any Note or premium, if any, thereon at the expressed
         or any accelerated maturity date or at any date fixed for prepayment;
         or

-27-


<PAGE>   30

                   (d) Default shall occur in the observance or performance of
         any covenant or agreement contained in SECTION 5.6 through SECTION
         5.12; or

                   (e) Default shall occur in the observance or performance of
         any other provision of this Agreement which is not remedied within 30
         days after the earlier of (1) the day on which a Responsible Officer of
         the Company first obtains knowledge of such default, or (2) the day on
         which written notice thereof is given to the Company by any Holder; or

                   (f) Default shall be made in the payment when due (whether by
         lapse of time, by declaration, by call for redemption or otherwise) of
         the principal of or interest on any Debt (other than the Notes) of the
         Company or any Restricted Subsidiary aggregating in excess of
         $3,000,000 and such default shall continue beyond the period of grace,
         if any, allowed with respect thereto; or

                   (g) Default or the happening of any event shall occur under
         any indenture, agreement or other instrument under which any Debt
         (other than the Notes) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
         aggregating in excess of $3,000,000 may be issued and such default or
         event shall continue for a period of time sufficient to permit the
         acceleration of the maturity of any such Debt of the Company or any
         Restricted Subsidiary outstanding thereunder or the Company or such
         Restricted Subsidiary defaults in the payment of any principal,
         interest or premium on such Debt at maturity; or

                   (h) Any representation or warranty made by the Company herein
         or by any Subsidiary Guarantor in the Guaranty Agreement or any
         Additional Note Guaranty, or made by the Company or any Subsidiary
         Guarantor in any statement or certificate furnished by the Company or
         any Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the consummation of the
         issuance and delivery of the Notes or furnished by the Company pursuant
         hereto or by any Subsidiary Guarantor in the Guaranty Agreement or any
         Additional Note Guaranty, is untrue in any material respect as of the
         date of the issuance or making thereof; or

                   (i) Final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
         aggregating in excess of $2,500,000 is or are outstanding against the
         Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or against any property or assets
         of either and any one of such judgments has remained unpaid, unvacated,
         unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of 30 days
         from the date of its entry; or

-28-
<PAGE>   31

                   (j) The Guaranty Agreement or any Additional Note Guaranty
         shall cease to be in full force and effect for any reason whatsoever
         (other than as permitted by SECTION 5.1 or SECTION 5.19(d)), including,
         without limitation, a determination by any governmental body or court
         that the Guaranty Agreement or any Additional Note Guaranty is invalid,
         void or unenforceable insofar as any Person which is a party thereto is
         concerned or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall contest or deny in writing
         the validity or enforceability of any of its respective obligations
         under the Guaranty Agreement or any Additional Note Guaranty; or

                   (k) A custodian, liquidator, trustee or receiver is appointed
         for the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for the major part of
         the property of either and is not discharged within 60 days after such
         appointment; or

                   (l) Bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement or insolvency
         proceedings, or other proceedings for relief under any bankruptcy or
         similar law or laws for the relief of debtors, are instituted by or
         against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and, if instituted
         against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, are consented to or
         are not dismissed within 60 days after such institution.

             Section 6.2. Notice to Holders. When any Event of Default described
in the foregoing SECTION 6.1 has occurred, or if any Holder or the holder of any
other evidence of Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary gives any
notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed default, the Company
agrees to give notice within three Business Days of such event to all Holders.

             Section 6.3. Acceleration of Maturities. When any Event of Default
described in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of SECTION 6.1 has happened and is
continuing, any Holder may, by notice in writing sent to the Company in the
manner provided in SECTION 9.6, declare the entire principal and all interest
accrued on the Notes held by such Holder to be, and such Notes shall thereupon
become forthwith due and payable, without any presentment, demand, protest or
other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby 

-29-
<PAGE>   32

expressly waived. When any Event of Default described in paragraphs (a) through
(j), inclusive, of said SECTION 6.1 has happened and is continuing, any Holder
or Holders holding at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may, by notice in writing to the Company in the manner provided in SECTION
9.6, declare the entire principal and all interest accrued on all Notes to be,
and all Notes shall thereupon become, forthwith due and payable, without any
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived. When any Event of Default described in paragraph (k) or
(l) of SECTION 6.1 has occurred, then the entire principal of and all interest
accrued on all outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable
without presentment, demand or notice of any kind. Upon the Notes becoming due
and payable as a result of any Event of Default as aforesaid, the Company will
forthwith pay to the Holders the entire principal and interest accrued on the
Notes and, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, an amount as
liquidated damages for the loss of the bargain evidenced hereby (and not as a
penalty) equal to the Make-Whole Amount, determined as of the date on which the
Notes shall so become due and payable. No course of dealing on the part of a
Holder or any delay or failure on the part of any Holder to exercise any right
shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice such Holder's
rights, powers and remedies. The Company further agrees, to the extent permitted
by law, to pay to each Holder all costs and expenses incurred by them in the
collection of any Notes upon any default hereunder or thereon, including
reasonable compensation to such Holder's or Holders' attorneys for all services
rendered in connection therewith.

         Section 6.4. Rescission of Acceleration. The provisions of SECTION 6.3
are subject to the condition that if the principal of and accrued interest on
all outstanding Notes have been declared immediately due and payable by reason
of the occurrence of any Event of Default described in paragraphs (a) through
(j), inclusive, of SECTION 6.1, the Holders holding at least 76% in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by written instrument filed with
the Company, rescind and annul such declaration and the consequences thereof,
provided that at the time such declaration is annulled and rescinded:

                   (a) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of
         any monies due pursuant to the Notes or this Agreement;

                   (b) all arrears of interest upon all the Notes and all other
         sums payable under the Notes and under this Agreement (except any
         principal, interest or premium on the Notes which has become due and
         payable solely by reason of such declaration under SECTION 6.3) shall
         have been duly paid; and

                   (c) each and every other Default and Event of Default shall
         have been made good, cured or waived pursuant to SECTION 7.1;

and provided further, that no such rescission and annulment shall extend to or
affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereto.

-30-


<PAGE>   33

SECTION 7.               AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.

             Section 7.1. Consent Required. Any term, covenant, agreement or
condition of this Agreement may, with the consent of the Company, be amended or
compliance therewith may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively), if the Company shall have
obtained the consent in writing of the Holders holding at least 51% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided that without the
written consent of all of the Holders, no such amendment or waiver shall be
effective (a) which will change the time of payment (including any prepayment
required by SECTION 2.1) of the principal of or the interest on any Note or
change the principal amount thereof or change the rate of interest thereon or
change the maturity date on any Note, or (b) which will change any of the
provisions with respect to optional prepayments, or (c) which will change the
percentage of Holders required to consent to any such amendment or waiver of
any of the provisions of this SECTION 7 or SECTION 6.

             Section 7.2. Solicitation of Holders. So long as there are any
Notes outstanding, the Company will not solicit, request or negotiate for or
with respect to any proposed waiver or amendment of any of the provisions of
this Agreement or the Notes unless each Holder (irrespective of the amount of
Notes then owned by it) shall be informed thereof by the Company and shall be
afforded the opportunity of considering the same and shall be supplied by the
Company with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision
with respect thereto. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, pay or cause
to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder as consideration for or as an
inducement to entering into by such Holder of any waiver or amendment of any of
the terms and provisions of this Agreement or the Notes unless such remuneration
is concurrently offered, on the same terms, ratably to all Holders whether or
not each Holder consents to such proposed waiver or amendment. Promptly and in
any event within 30 days of the date of execution and delivery of any such
waiver or amendment, the Company shall provide a true, correct and complete copy
thereof to each of the Holders.

             Section 7.3. Effect of Amendment or Waiver. Any such amendment or
waiver shall apply equally to all of the Holders and shall be binding upon them,
upon each future Holder and upon the Company, whether or not such Note shall
have been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or
waiver shall extend to or 

-31-
<PAGE>   34

affect any obligation not expressly amended or waived or impair any right
consequent thereon.



         Section 8.1. Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, the
terms hereinafter set forth when used herein shall have the following meanings
and the following definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular
and plural forms of any of the terms herein defined:

         "Additional Debt Facility" shall mean Debt of the Company incurred
within the limitations of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) or SECTION 5.8(a)(4) other than the
Bank of America Credit Facility, any Successor Bank Facility or the Notes.

         "Additional Note Guaranty" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
SECTION 5.19.

         "Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guaranties" shall mean Guaranties
delivered by Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantors which are also
Subsidiary Guarantors.

         "Additional Permitted Subsidiary Guarantors" shall mean any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors) which
guarantees Debt of the Company under or pursuant to the Bank of America Credit
Facility, a Successor Bank Facility or an Additional Debt Facility pursuant to
and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in SECTION 5.19.

         "Affiliate" shall mean any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary)
(a) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or
is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (b) which
beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the
Company or (c) 5% or more of the Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which
is not a corporation, 5% or more of the equity interest) of which is
beneficially owned or held by the Company or a Subsidiary. The term "control"
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

         "Agreement" shall mean this Note Agreement dated as of August 1, 1995
among the Company and the Purchasers.



-32-


<PAGE>   35

         "Bank Guaranties" shall mean those certain guaranties delivered by the
Initial Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association under and pursuant to the Bank of America Credit Facility.

         "Bank of America Credit Facility" shall mean the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement dated as of October 13, 1994 between the Company and Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association, as such agreement may be
amended, modified, renewed or replaced (other than by a Successor Bank
Facility), including any increase in the amount thereof.

         "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which banks in New York, New York or San Francisco, California are
required by law to close or are customarily closed.

         "Capitalized Lease" shall mean any lease the obligation for Rentals
with respect to which is required to be capitalized on a consolidated balance
sheet of the lessee and its subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

         "Capitalized Rentals" of any Person shall mean as of the date of any
determination thereof the amount at which the aggregate Rentals due and to
become due under all Capitalized Leases under which such Person is a lessee
would be reflected as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of such
Person.

         "Chambers" shall mean Chambers Catalog Company, Inc., a California
corporation.

         "Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 1.2.

         "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and
the regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

         "Company" shall mean Williams-Sonoma, Inc., a California corporation,
and any Person who succeeds to all, or substantially all, of the assets and
business of Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

         "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean on a
consolidated basis the sum of (a) all Rentals (other than Rentals on Capitalized
Leases) payable on or with respect to Long-Term Leases during such period by the
Company and its Restricted 


-33-


<PAGE>   36

Subsidiaries, and (b) all Interest Expense on all Indebtedness (including the
interest component of Rentals on Capitalized Leases) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries.

         "Consolidated Funded Debt" shall mean, without duplication, all Funded
Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis after eliminating intercompany items.

         "Consolidated Intangible Assets" shall mean as of the date of any
determination thereof the total amount of all good will, patents, trade names,
trade marks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expense, organization expense,
unamortized debt discount and expense, deferred assets other than prepaid
insurance and prepaid taxes, the excess of cost of shares acquired over book
value of related assets and such other assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis as are properly classified as
"intangible assets" in accordance with GAAP.

         "Consolidated Net Income" for any period shall mean the gross revenues
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period less all expenses
and other proper charges (including taxes on income), determined on a
consolidated basis after eliminating earnings or losses attributable to
outstanding Minority Interests, but excluding in any event:

                  (a) any gains or losses on the sale or other disposition of
         Investments or fixed or capital assets other than in the ordinary
         course of business, but with respect to losses, net of any tax
         deductions, credits or other tax reducing effect on account of any such
         excluded losses;

                  (b) the proceeds of any life insurance policy;

                  (c) net earnings and losses of any Restricted Subsidiary
         accrued prior to the date it became a Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (d) net earnings and losses of any corporation (other than a
         Restricted Subsidiary), substantially all the assets of which have been
         acquired in any manner by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
         realized by such corporation prior to the date of such acquisition;

-34-


<PAGE>   37

                  (e) net earnings and losses of any corporation (other than a
         Restricted Subsidiary) with which the Company or a Restricted
         Subsidiary shall have consolidated or which shall have merged into or
         with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and which is realized prior
         to the date of such consolidation or merger;

                  (f) net earnings of any business entity (other than a
         Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Restricted
         Subsidiary has an ownership interest unless such net earnings shall
         have actually been received by the Company or such Restricted
         Subsidiary in the form of cash distributions, or other distributions
         readily convertible into cash;

                  (g) any portion of the net earnings of any Restricted
         Subsidiary which for any reason is unavailable for payment of dividends
         to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (h) gains resulting from any reappraisal, revaluation or
         write-up of assets;

                  (i) any deferred or other credit representing any excess of
         the equity in any Subsidiary at the date of acquisition thereof over
         the amount invested in such Subsidiary;

                  (j) any gain arising from the acquisition of any Securities
         of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (k) any reversal of any contingency reserve which reversals
         in the aggregate exceed $1,000,000 during the period of determination
         thereof, except to the extent that provision for such contingency
         reserve shall have been made from income arising during such period;
         and

                  (l) any other extraordinary gain or loss.

         "Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed Charges" for any period
shall mean the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income during such period plus (to
the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income), (b) all provisions
for any Federal, state or other income taxes made by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and (c) Consolidated Fixed Charges
during such period.

-35-
<PAGE>   38

         "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, as of the date of any
determination thereof the amount of the capital stock accounts (net of treasury
stock, at cost) plus (or minus in the case of a deficit) the surplus in retained
earnings of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in
accordance with GAAP minus Consolidated Intangible Assets, other than
Consolidated Intangible Assets existing as of the Closing Date.

         "Consolidated Total Assets" shall mean as of the date of any
determination thereof the total amount of all assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP.

         "Consolidated Total Capitalization" shall mean as of the date of any
determination thereof, the sum of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt plus (b)
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.

         "Current Debt" of any Person shall mean as of the date of any
determination thereof (a) all Debt of such Person other than Funded Debt of such
Person and (b) Guaranties by such Person of Current Debt of others.

         "Debt" of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all
Indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all Capitalized Rentals of
such Person, (c) all Guaranties by such Person of Debt of others, (d) all
Indebtedness secured by a Lien on property of such Person and (e) the redemption
obligations in respect of such Person's Redeemable Preferred Stock.

         "Default" shall mean any event or condition the occurrence of which
would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, constitute an
Event of Default.

         "Distribution" in respect of the Company and its Restricted 
Subsidiaries shall mean:


-36-


<PAGE>   39

                   (a) dividends or other distributions on capital stock
         (including, without limitation, preferred stock) of a corporation
         (except (i) dividends or other distributions payable solely in shares
         of common stock of such corporation and (ii) dividends or other
         distributions to the extent paid to the Company or a Wholly-owned
         Subsidiary); and

                   (b) redemption, acquisition or retirement of any shares of
         its capital stock or warrants, rights or other options to purchase any
         shares of its capital stock.

         "Environmental Law" shall mean any international, Federal, state or
local statute, law, regulation, order, consent decree, judgment, permit,
license, code, covenant, deed restriction, common law, treaty, convention,
ordinance or other requirement relating to public health, safety or the
environment, including, without limitation, those relating to releases,
discharges or emissions to air, water, land or groundwater, to the withdrawal or
use of groundwater, to the use and handling of polychlorinated biphenyls or
asbestos, to the disposal, treatment, storage or management of hazardous or
solid waste, or Hazardous Substances or crude oil, or any fraction thereof, or
to exposure to toxic or hazardous materials, to the handling, transportation,
discharge or release of gaseous or liquid Hazardous Substances and any
regulation, order, notice or demand issued pursuant to such law, statute or
ordinance, in each case applicable to the property of the Company and its
Subsidiaries or the operation, construction or modification of any thereof,
including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund
Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 and the Hazardous
and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act,
as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean
Water Act of 1976, the Safe Drinking Water Control Act, the Clean Air Act of
1966, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, the Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, the National Environmental
Policy Act of 1975, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any similar or
implementing state law, and any state statute and any further amendments to
these laws providing for financial responsibility for cleanup or other actions
with respect to the release or threatened release of Hazardous Substances or
crude oil, or any fraction thereof, and all rules, regulations, guidance
documents and publications promulgated thereunder.

-37-


<PAGE>   40

         "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the
regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References
to sections of ERISA shall be construed to also refer to any successor sections.

         "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any corporation, trade or business that
is, along with the Company, a member of a controlled group of corporations or a
controlled group of trades or businesses, as described in Section 414(b) and
414(c), respectively, of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.1.

         "Excepted Disposals" shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposal of
individual assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which have a
net book value of less than $1,000,000 for each asset, provided that the
aggregate net book value of all assets sold, transferred or disposed of pursuant
to this provision does not exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Company.

         "Funded Debt" of any Person shall mean all Debt of such Person having a
final maturity of one or more than one year from the date of determination
thereof, including all payments in respect thereof that are required to be made
within one year from the date of any determination of Funded Debt whether or not
the obligation to make such payments shall constitute a current liability of the
obligor under GAAP.

         "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles at the time
in the United States.

         "Gardener's Eden" shall mean Gardener's Eden, Inc., a California 
corporation.

         "Gardener's Eden/Chambers Sale" shall mean the sale, transfer or other
disposition of all the Company's and its Subsidiaries' entire interest in
Gardener's Eden or Chambers

         "Guaranties" by any Person shall mean all obligations (other than
endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for
deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing, or in effect guaranteeing,
any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person (the "primary
obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without
limitation, all obligations incurred through an agreement, 


-38-

<PAGE>   41

contingent or otherwise, by such Person: (a) to purchase such Indebtedness or
obligation or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (b) to
advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or
obligation, or (2) to maintain working capital or any balance sheet or income
statement condition or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the
purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, (c) to lease property or
to purchase Securities or other property or services primarily for the purpose
of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation of the ability of the
primary obligor to make payment of the Indebtedness or obligation, or (d)
otherwise to assure the owner of the Indebtedness or obligation of the primary
obligor against loss in respect thereof. For the purposes of all computations
made under this Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of any Indebtedness for
borrowed money shall be deemed to be Indebtedness equal to the principal amount
of such Indebtedness for borrowed money which has been guaranteed, and a
Guaranty in respect of any other obligation or liability or any dividend shall
be deemed to be Indebtedness equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such
obligation, liability or dividend. It is understood that leases entered into by
the Company or its Subsidiaries as lessee in the ordinary course of business
which are security or support for such lessor's obligations (e.g., a mortgage on
the related property) shall not be deemed to be a "Guaranty" for the purposes
hereof.

         "Guaranty Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in SECTION
1.4.

         "Hazardous Substance" shall mean any hazardous or toxic material,
substance or waste, pollutant or contaminant which is regulated under any
statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any local, state, regional or
Federal authority having jurisdiction over the property of the Company and its
Subsidiaries or its use, including but not limited to any material, substance or
waste which is: (a) defined as a hazardous substance under the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1976; (b) regulated
as a hazardous waste under the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste
Amendments of 1984; (c) defined as a hazardous substance under the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by
the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; or (d) defined or
regulated as a hazardous substance or hazardous waste under any rules or
regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing statutes.

         "Holder" shall mean any Person which is, at the time of reference, the
registered Holder of any Note.


-39-

<PAGE>   42

         "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean and include all obligations of
such Person which in accordance with GAAP shall be classified upon a balance
sheet of such Person as liabilities of such Person, and in any event shall
include all (a) obligations of such Person for borrowed money or which have been
incurred in connection with the acquisition of property or assets, (b)
obligations secured by any Lien upon property or assets owned by such Person,
even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such
obligations, (c) obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such
Person, notwithstanding the fact that the rights and remedies of the seller,
lender or lessor under such agreement in the event of default are limited to
repossession or sale of property, (d) Capitalized Rentals and (e) Guaranties of
obligations of others of the character referred to in this definition.

         "Initial Subsidiary Guarantors" shall have the meaning assigned thereto
in SECTION 1.4.

         "Institutional Holder" shall mean any Holder which is a Purchaser or
any of the following: (a) a bank, savings and loan association, savings
institution, trust company or national banking association, acting for its own
account or in a fiduciary capacity, (b) a charitable foundation, (c) an
insurance company, (d) a fraternal benefit society, (e) a pension, retirement or
profit-sharing trust or fund within the meaning of Title I of ERISA or for which
any bank, trust company, national banking association or investment adviser
registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is acting as
trustee or agent, (f) an investment company or business development company, as
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (g) a small business
investment company licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as
amended, (h) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or any investment adviser registered under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, (i) a government, a public employees' pension
or retirement system, or any other government agency supervising the investment
of public funds, (j) any other entity all of the equity owners of which are
Institutional Holders or (k) any other Person which may be within the definition
of "qualified institutional buyer" as such term is used in Rule 144A, as from
time to time in effect, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. For purposes of SECTION 2.5 hereof, the foregoing definition shall 
include any nominee of any such Holder.

         "Intercreditor Agreement" shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated
as of August 1, 1995 among the Purchasers and Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.


-40-

<PAGE>   43

         "Interest Expense" for any period shall mean all interest and all
amortization of debt discount and expense on any particular Debt (including,
without limitation, payment-in-kind, zero coupon and other like Securities) for
which such calculations are being made. Computations of Interest Expense on a
pro forma basis for Indebtedness having a variable interest rate shall be
calculated at the rate in effect on the date of any determination.

         "Investments" shall mean all investments, in cash or by delivery of
property, made directly or indirectly in any Person or any property, whether by
acquisition of shares of capital stock, Indebtedness or other obligations or
Securities or by loan, advance, capital contribution or otherwise; provided that
"Investments" shall not mean or include routine investments in property to be
used or consumed in the ordinary course of business.

         "Investment Grade" shall mean a long term debt rating of either "BBB-"
or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or a "Baa3" or better by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc.

         "Lien" shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed
to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such
interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and including but not
limited to the security interest lien arising from a mortgage, encumbrance,
pledge, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment
for security purposes. The term "Lien" shall include reservations, exceptions,
encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions,
leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances (including, with respect to
stock, stockholder agreements, voting trust agreements, buy-back agreements and
all similar arrangements) affecting property. For the purposes of this
Agreement, the Company or a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the owner of any
property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement,
Capitalized Lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property
has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes and
such retention or vesting shall constitute a Lien.

         "Long-Term Lease" shall mean any lease of real or personal property
(other than a Capitalized Lease) having an original term, including any period
for which the lease may be renewed or extended at the option of the lessor, of
more than three years.


-41-

<PAGE>   44

         "Make-Whole Amount" shall mean in connection with any prepayment or
acceleration of the Notes the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate present
value as of the date of such prepayment or payment of each dollar of principal
being prepaid or paid (taking into account the application of such prepayment
or payment required by SECTION 2.1) and the amount of interest (exclusive of
interest accrued to the date of prepayment or payment) that would have been
payable in respect of such dollar if such prepayment or payment had not been
made, determined by discounting such amounts at the Reinvestment Rate from the
respective dates on which they would have been payable, over (b) 100% of the
principal amount of the outstanding Notes being prepaid or paid. If the
Reinvestment Rate is equal to or higher than 7.20%, the Make-Whole Amount shall 
be zero. For purposes of any determination of the Make-Whole Amount:

                  "Reinvestment Rate" shall mean 0.50% plus the yield to
         maturity of the United States Treasury obligations with a maturity (as
         compiled by and published on page "USD" of the Bloomberg Financial
         Market Services two Business Days immediately preceding the payment
         date at 11:00 A.M. New York City time) most nearly equal to the
         Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes being prepaid or paid.
         If such rate shall not have been so published, the Reinvestment Rate in
         respect of such payment date shall mean the yield to maturity of the
         United States Treasury obligations with a maturity (as compiled by and
         published on Telerate Page 500 or its successor two Business Days
         immediately preceding the payment date at 11:00 A.M. New York City
         time) most nearly equal to the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
         Notes being prepaid or paid. If neither of such rates shall have been
         so published, the Reinvestment Rate in respect of such payment date
         shall mean the mean of yields to maturity of United States Treasury
         obligations (as compiled by and published in the Statistical Release
         for each of the two weeks immediately preceding the payment date) with
         a constant maturity most nearly equal to the Weighted Average Life to
         Maturity of the Notes being prepaid or paid. If no maturity exactly
         corresponding to such Weighted Average Life to Maturity shall appear
         therein, yields for the next longer and the next shorter published
         maturities shall be calculated pursuant to the foregoing sentence and
         the Reinvestment Rate shall be interpolated from such yields on a
         straight-line basis (rounding to the nearest month).

                  "Statistical Release" shall mean the then most recently
         published statistical release designated "H.15(519)" or any successor
         publication which is published weekly by the Federal Reserve System and
         which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury
         obligations adjusted to constant maturities 


-42-

<PAGE>   45

         or, if such statistical release is not published at the time of any
         determination hereunder, then such other reasonably comparable index
         which shall be designated by the Holders holding at least 66-2/3% in
         aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and reasonably
         acceptable to the Company.

                  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" of the principal amount of
         the Notes being prepaid or paid shall mean, as of the time of any
         determination thereof, the number of years obtained by dividing the
         then Remaining Dollar-Years of such principal by the aggregate amount
         of such principal. The term "Remaining Dollar-Years" of such principal
         shall mean the amount obtained by (1) multiplying (i) the remainder of
         (A) the amount of principal that would have become due on each
         scheduled payment date if such prepayment or payment had not been made,
         less (B) the amount of principal on the Notes scheduled to become due
         on such date after giving effect to such prepayment or payment and the
         application thereof in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 2.1,
         by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth)
         which will elapse between the date of determination and such scheduled
         payment date, and (2) totalling the products obtained in (1).

         "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse effect on (a)
the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) the ability
of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, or
(c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.

         "Minority Interests" shall mean any shares of stock of any class of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares as required by
law) that are not owned by the Company and/or one or more of its Restricted
Subsidiaries. Minority Interests shall be valued by valuing Minority Interests
constituting preferred stock at the voluntary or involuntary liquidating value
of such preferred stock, whichever is greater, and by valuing Minority Interests
constituting common stock at the book value of capital and surplus applicable
thereto adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any changes from the book value of
such common stock required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests
in preferred stock.

         "Multiemployer Plan" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.

-43-

<PAGE>   46

         "Overdue Rate" shall mean the lesser of (a) the maximum interest rate
permitted by law and (b) 9.20% per annum.

         "Permitted Gardener's Eden/Chambers Notes" shall mean any promissory
note or other similar instrument or agreement received by the Company or its
Subsidiaries in connection with a Gardener's Eden/Chambers Sale, provided that
such note or other instrument is issued by a Permitted Issuer and provided
further that such note or other instrument ranks pari passu with the long term
senior debt of such Permitted Issuer which is accorded the required Investment
Grade rating.

         "Permitted Issuer" shall mean a corporation which is subject to the
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and
whose long term senior debt is accorded an Investment Grade rating.

         "Permitted Subsidiary Guaranties" shall mean the Guaranty Agreement,
the Bank Guaranties, the Additional Note Guaranties and the Additional Permitted
Subsidiary Guaranties.

         "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability
company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or
agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Plan" shall mean a "pension plan," as such term is defined in ERISA,
established or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or as to which
the Company or any ERISA Affiliate contributed or is a member or otherwise may
have any liability.

         "Preferred Stock" shall mean, in respect of any corporation, shares of
the capital stock of such corporation that are entitled to preference or
priority over any other shares of the capital stock of such corporation in
respect of payment of dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation.

         "Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory
paragraph of this Agreement.

         "Redeemable" shall mean, with respect to the capital stock of any
Person, each share of such Person's capital stock that is: (a) redeemable,
payable or required to be purchased or otherwise retired or extinguished, or
convertible into Debt of such Person (i)


-44-

<PAGE>   47

at a fixed or determinable date, whether by operation of a sinking fund or
otherwise, (ii) at the option of any Person other than such Person, or (iii)
upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the control of such Person;
or (b) convertible into other Redeemable capital stock.

         "Rentals" shall mean and include as of the date of any determination
thereof all fixed payments (including as such all payments which the lessee is
obligated to make to the lessor on termination of the lease or surrender of the
property) payable by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee or
sublessee under a lease of real or personal property, but shall be exclusive of
any amounts required to be paid by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
(whether or not designated as rents or additional rents) on account of
maintenance, repairs, insurance, taxes and similar charges. Fixed rents under
any so-called "percentage leases" shall be computed solely on the basis of the
minimum rents, if any, required to be paid by the lessee regardless of sales
volume or gross revenues.

         "Reportable Event" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.

         "Responsible Officer" shall mean any officer of the Company other than
any officer who is an officer of the Company solely by reason of being the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

         "Restricted Investments" shall mean all Investments, other than:

                   (a) Investments by the Company and/or its Restricted
         Subsidiaries in and to Restricted Subsidiaries, including any
         Investment in a corporation which, after giving effect to such
         Investment, will become a Restricted Subsidiary;

                   (b) Investments representing loans or advances in the usual
         and ordinary course of business to officers, directors and employees
         for expenses (including moving expenses related to a transfer)
         incidental to carrying on the business of the Company or any Restricted
         Subsidiary;

                   (c) Investments in property or assets to be used in the
         ordinary course of the business of the Company and/or its Restricted
         Subsidiaries as described in SECTION 5.5 of this Agreement;


-45-

<PAGE>   48

                   (d) Investments in Securities resulting from the settlement
         of obligations of other Persons created in the ordinary course of
         business and owing to the Company or a Subsidiary or resulting from the
         foreclosure or other method of enforcement of any Lien held by the
         Company or any Subsidiary securing an obligation of any other Person
         created in the usual and ordinary course of business and owing to the
         Company or such Subsidiary;

                   (e) Investments of the Company and/or its Restricted
         Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date and described on Schedule
         II hereto;

                   (f) receivables and trade credits arising from the sale of
         goods and services in the ordinary course of business of the Company
         and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

                   (g) Investments in commercial paper of corporations organized
         under the laws of the United States or any state thereof maturing in
         270 days or less from the date of issuance which, at the time of
         acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary, is accorded a rating of
         "A-2" or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "P-2" or better
         by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                   (h) Investments in direct obligations of the United States of
         America or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of
         America, the payment or guarantee of which constitutes a full faith and
         credit obligation of the United States of America, in either case,
         maturing within twelve months from the date of acquisition thereof;

                   (i) Investments in certificates of deposit, time deposits and
         banker's acceptances, either (1) issued by Bank of America National
         Trust and Savings Association or (2) another commercial bank or trust
         company organized under the laws of the United States or any State
         thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at
         least $100,000,000, provided that at the time of acquisition thereof by
         the Company or a Subsidiary, (x) the senior unsecured long-term debt of
         such bank or trust company or of the holding company of such bank or
         trust company is rated "A" or better by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
         or "A" or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or (y) or such
         certificate of deposit or time deposit is issued by any bank or trust
         company organized under the laws of the United States or any state
         thereof to the extent that such Investments are fully insured by the
         Federal Depository Insurance Corporation;

-46-
<PAGE>   49

                   (j) Investments in repurchase agreements with respect to any
         Security described in clause (h) of this definition entered into with a
         depository institution or trust company acting as principal described
         in clause (i)(1) or clause (i)(2)(x) of this definition if such
         repurchase agreements are by their terms to be performed by the
         repurchase obligor and such repurchase agreements are deposited with a
         bank or trust company of the type described in clause (i)(1) or clause
         (i)(2)(x) of this definition;

                   (k) Investments in any money market instrument program which
         is classified as a current asset in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate
         asset value of which "marked to market" is at least $100,000,000 and
         which is managed by a fund manager of recognized national standing, and
         which invests substantially all of its assets in obligations described
         in clauses (g) through (i) above and which fund has a policy of
         maintaining net asset value of $1.00 per share;

                   (l) Investments in obligations of indebtedness of any State
         of the United States or any municipality organized under the laws of
         any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof
         which, at the time of acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary, are
         accorded either of the two highest ratings by Standard & Poor's Ratings
         Group, Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or another nationally recognized
         credit rating agency which in any such case mature no later than one
         year after the date of acquisition thereof;

                   (m) Investments for cash management purposes in accordance
         with the Company's investment policies in Securities with maturities
         not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, provided that the
         aggregate amount of all such Investments shall not at any time exceed
         2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets;

                   (n) Investments of the Company not described in the foregoing
         clauses (a) through (n), provided that such Investments are made in or
         to joint ventures, Subsidiaries or other business ventures engaged in
         activities related to the Company's ordinary course of operations and
         provided further that the aggregate amount of all such Investments
         shall not at any time exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Assets; and

                   (o) deposits for utilities, security deposits under leases
         and prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

-47-

<PAGE>   50

         In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations
set forth in SECTION 5.11, Investments shall be taken at the original cost
thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or
depreciation therein.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary which has not been
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of
SECTION 5.18.

         "Security" shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(1) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         The term "subsidiary" shall mean as to any particular parent
corporation any corporation of which more than 50% (by number of votes) of the
Voting Stock shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such parent
corporation. The term "Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary of the Company.

         "Subsidiary Guarantors" shall mean the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors
and each Subsidiary of the Company which executes and delivers an Additional
Note Guaranty pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set
forth in SECTION 5.19.

         "Successor Bank Facility" shall mean Debt of the Company incurred
within the limitations of SECTION 5.8(a)(3) or SECTION 5.8(a)(4) which is a
successor credit facility to the Bank of America Credit Facility or any
successor credit facility to such successor credit facility as the same may be
modified, amended, renewed or replaced, including any increase in the amount
thereof.

         "Underperforming Store Disposals" shall mean the sale, transfer or
other disposition of store operations and/or locations of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary which have been determined by management to be
underperforming, which determination has been made by management in the exercise
of management's good faith business judgment using some or all of the criteria
set forth in Schedule III hereto.

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" shall mean each Subsidiary which is not a
Restricted Subsidiary including each Subsidiary which has been designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 5.18.

         "Voting Stock" shall mean Securities of any class or classes, the
holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to
elect a majority of the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar
functions).


-48-

<PAGE>   51

         "Wholly-owned" when used in connection with any Subsidiary shall mean a
Subsidiary of which all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock (except
shares required as directors' qualifying shares) shall be owned by the Company
and/or one or more of its Wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

         Section 8.2. Accounting Principles. Where the character or amount
of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be
determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to
be made for the purposes of this Agreement, the same shall be done in accordance
with GAAP, to the extent applicable, except where such principles are
inconsistent with the requirements of this Agreement.

         Section 8.3. Certain Changes in Accounting Principles. Notwithstanding
the provisions of SECTION 8.2, if a change after the date of this Agreement in
GAAP affects the classification of items on the balance sheet or statements of
earnings of the Company for the purpose of any computation or definition (the
"Affected Computation") under this Agreement which is governed by GAAP and, in
the good faith judgment of the chief financial officer of the Company,
compliance by the Company with any financial covenant or covenants contained in
this Agreement would be affected as a result of the application of the change in
accounting principles to the Affected Computation, then:

                   (a) the Company shall give notice of such determination to
         the Holders not later than 30 days after the date on which the change
         in GAAP is adopted or is required to be adopted by the Company (the
         "Effective Date"), which notice shall be accompanied by a certificate
         of the chief financial officer of the Company:

                           (i) describing the change in GAAP in question and the
                   particular covenant or covenants which will be affected by
                   such change;

                          (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail (including
                   detailed calculations) the manner and extent to which the
                   covenant or covenants listed in the certificate are affected
                   by the change in accounting principles;

                         (iii) setting forth in reasonable detail (including
                   detailed calculations) the information required in order to
                   establish that the Company would be in compliance with the
                   requirements of the covenant or covenants listed in the
                   certificate if the change in accounting principles

-49-
<PAGE>   52

                   were not effective and if GAAP in force and effect as of the
                   date of this Agreement governed the Affected Computation; and

                           (iv) confirming the determination by the chief
                   financial officer of the Company that compliance with the
                   covenant or covenants would be affected as a result of the
                   application of the change in accounting principles to the
                   Affected Computation;

                   (b) the Holders will enter into good faith negotiations with
         the Company to amend such covenant or covenants pursuant to SECTION 7.1
         so as to equitably reflect the change in GAAP, with the desired result
         that the underlying criteria for evaluating the Company's financial
         condition shall remain unchanged; and

                   (c) for the period from the Effective Date until the earlier
         of (i) the effective date of an amendment to this Agreement pursuant to
         SECTION 7.1, and (ii) 180 days after the Effective Date, the Company
         shall be deemed to be in compliance with the covenant or covenants
         listed in the certificate if and so long as the Company would be in
         compliance with such covenant or covenants if GAAP in force and effect
         immediately before the Effective Date governed the Affected
         Computation.

         Section 8.4. Directly or Indirectly. Where any provision in this
Agreement prohibits the taking of any action by any Person, such provision shall
be applicable whether the action in question is taken directly or indirectly by
such Person, it being acknowledged and agreed that this SECTION 8.4 shall not be
interpreted to apply to the actions of the Company respecting an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

SECTION 9.               MISCELLANEOUS.

         Section 9.1. Registered Notes. The Company shall cause to be kept at
its principal office a register for the registration and transfer of the Notes,
and the Company will register or transfer or cause to be registered or
transferred, as hereinafter provided, any Note issued pursuant to this
Agreement.

         At any time and from time to time any Holder which has been duly
registered as hereinabove provided may transfer its Note upon surrender thereof
at the principal office 


-50-

<PAGE>   53

of the Company duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer
duly executed by such Holder or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

         The Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed
and treated as the owner and holder thereof and a Holder for all purposes of
this Agreement. Payment of or on account of the principal, premium, if any, and
interest on any Note shall be made to or upon the written order of such Holder.

         Section 9.2. Exchange of Notes. At any time and from time to time, upon
not less than five days' notice to that effect given by a Holder holding any
Note initially delivered or any Note substituted therefor pursuant to SECTION
9.1, this SECTION 9.2 or SECTION 9.3, and, upon surrender of such Note at its
office, the Company will deliver in exchange therefor, without expense to such
Holder, except as set forth below, a Note for the same aggregate principal
amount as the then unpaid principal amount of the Note so surrendered, or Notes
in the denomination of $100,000 (or such lesser amount as shall constitute 100%
of the Notes of such Holder) or any amount in excess thereof as such Holder
shall specify, dated the date to which interest has been paid on the Note so
surrendered or, if such surrender is prior to the payment of any interest
thereon, then dated the date of issue, registered in the name of such Person or
Persons as may be designated by such Holder, and otherwise of the same form and
tenor as the Notes so surrendered for exchange. The Company may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge
imposed upon such exchange or transfer.

         Section 9.3. Loss, Theft, Etc. of Notes. Upon receipt of evidence
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of any
Note, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction upon delivery of a
bond of indemnity in such form and amount as shall be reasonably satisfactory to
the Company, or in the event of such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation
of the Note, the Company will make and deliver without expense to the Holder
thereof, a new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated Note. If an Institutional Holder is the owner of any such lost, stolen
or destroyed Note, then the affidavit of an authorized officer of such owner,
setting forth the fact of loss, theft or destruction and of its ownership of
such Note at the time of such loss, theft or destruction shall be accepted as
satisfactory evidence thereof and no further indemnity shall be required as a
condition to the execution and delivery of a new Note other than the written
agreement of such owner to indemnify the Company.


-51-

<PAGE>   54

         Section 9.4. Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity. Whether or not the
transactions herein contemplated shall be consummated, the Company agrees to pay
directly all of the Purchasers' out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the
preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby, including but not limited to the reasonable and invoiced
charges and disbursements of Chapman and Cutler, special counsel to the
Purchasers, duplicating and printing costs and charges for shipping the Notes,
adequately insured to each Purchaser's home office or at such other place as
such Purchaser may designate, and all such expenses of the Holders relating to
any amendments, waivers or consents pursuant to the provisions hereof (whether
or not the same are actually executed and delivered), including, without
limitation, any amendments, waivers, or consents resulting from any work-out,
renegotiation or restructuring relating to the performance by the Company of its
obligations under this Agreement and the Notes. The Company also agrees to pay,
within five Business Days of receipt thereof, the reasonable and invoiced
supplemental statements of Chapman and Cutler for disbursements unposted or not
incurred as of the Closing Date. The Company further agrees that it will pay and
save each Purchaser harmless against any and all liability with respect to stamp
and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or which may be determined to be
payable in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
Notes, whether or not any Notes are then outstanding. The Company agrees to
protect and indemnify each Purchaser against any liability for any and all
brokerage fees and commissions payable or claimed to be payable to any Person in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Company agrees to pay the cost of obtaining the
private placement number for the Notes and authorizes the submission of such
information as may be required by Standard & Poor's CUSIP Service Bureau for the
purpose of obtaining such number.

    No delay or failure on the part of any Holder in the exercise of any power
or right shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of the same preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the
exercise of any other power or right, and the rights and remedies of each Holder
are cumulative to, and are not exclusive of, any rights or remedies any such
Holder would otherwise have.

         Section 9.6. Notices. All communications provided for hereunder shall
be in writing and, if to a Holder, delivered or mailed prepaid by registered or
certified mail or overnight air courier, or by facsimile communication, in each
case addressed to such Holder at its address appearing on Schedule I to this
Agreement or such other address as such Holder may designate to the Company in
writing, and if to the Company, delivered or mailed by registered or certified
mail or overnight air courier, or by facsimile 


-52-


<PAGE>   55

communication, to the Company at 3250 VanNess Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94109,
Attention: Russell Solt, Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as
the Company may in writing designate to the Holders; provided, however, that a
notice to a Holder by overnight air courier shall only be effective if delivered
to such Holder at a street address designated for such purpose in accordance
with this Section, a notice to a Holder by facsimile communication shall only be
effective if confirmed by transmission of a copy thereof by prepaid overnight
air courier as set forth above and a notice to a Holder by registered or
certified mail shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof.

         Section 9.7. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding
upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit
of each Purchaser and its successors and assigns, including each successive
Holder. Any such transferee shall make the representation set forth in SECTION
3.2(b) as of the effective date of the transfer to it of any Note or shall
provide a representation reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that
the purchase by or assignment to such transferee of any such Note shall not
involve any prohibited transaction within the meaning of ERISA or Section 4975
of the Code.

         Section 9.8. Survival of Covenants and Representations. All covenants,
representations and warranties made by the Company herein and in any
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, whether or not in connection with the
Closing Date, shall survive the closing and the delivery of this Agreement and
the Notes.

         Section 9.9. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any
reason be declared invalid or unenforceable, such decision shall not affect the
validity or enforceability of any remaining portion, which remaining portion
shall remain in force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the
invalid or unenforceable portion thereof eliminated.

         Section 9.10. Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes issued and
sold hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with New York
law, including all matters of construction, validity and performance.

         Section 9.11. Submission to Jurisdiction. Any legal action or
proceeding with respect to this Agreement or the Notes or any document related
thereto may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or of the United
States of America for the Southern District of New York, and, by execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the Company hereby accepts for itself and in respect
of its property generally and unconditionally, the 


-53-

<PAGE>   56

non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The Company hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection, including, without
limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of
forum non conveniens which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any
action or proceeding in such respective jurisdiction.

         Section 9.12. Captions. The descriptive headings of the various
Sections or parts of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.


-54-

<PAGE>   57





         The execution hereof by the Purchasers shall constitute a contract
among the Company and the Purchasers for the uses and purposes hereinabove set
forth, and this Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
executed counterpart constituting an original but all together only one
agreement.

                                                      Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

                                                      By /s/Russell Solt
                                                      --------------------------
                                                      Its Senior Vice President,
                                                      CFO


-55-

<PAGE>   58

Accepted as of August 8, 1995.

                                                     TEACHERS INSURANCE AND
                                                        ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF
                                                        AMERICA

                                                     By /s/Nancy Freund Heller
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Its Director-Private
                                                        Placements

                                                     TRANSAMERICA LIFE
                                                        INSURANCE & ANNUITY
                                                        COMPANY

                                                     By /s/John M. Casparian
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Its Investment Officer

                                                     TRANSAMERICA OCCIDENTAL
                                                        LIFE INSURANCE
                                                        COMPANY

                                                     By /s/John M. Casparian
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Its Investment Officer

-56-

<PAGE>   59

                                                     NEW ENGLAND MUTUAL LIFE
                                                        INSURANCE COMPANY

                                                     By /s/Frances Shedd Fisher
                                                        -----------------------
                                                        Its Investment Officer






-57-

<PAGE>   60
                                                                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                    OF NOTES
                                                                TO BE PURCHASED
                                              
TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY                                       $20,000,000
  ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
730 Third Avenue
New York, New York  10017-3263
Attention:  Securities Division, Private Placements
Telephone Number:  (212) 916-4720 (Haifen Tao)
                 or (212) 490-9000 (general number)
Telecopier Number: (212) 916-6583

Payments

All payments on account of the Notes shall be made in immediately available
funds at the opening of business on the due date by electronic funds transfer
through the Automated Clearing House System (identifying each payment as
"Williams-Sonoma, Inc., 7.20% Senior Notes Due August 8, 2005, PPN 969904 A* 2,
principal, premium or interest") to:

      Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (ABA #021000238)
      23 Wall Street
      New York, New York  10015
           for credit to:  Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
           Account Number 121-85-001
           On order of:  Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

Notices

Contemporaneous with the above electronic funds transfer, written confirmation
of each such payment shall be mailed or sent by facsimile to the address set
forth below including the following information: (1) the full name, private
placement number, interest rate and maturity date of the Notes; (2) allocation
of payment between principal, interest, premium and any special payment; and (3)
name and address of the bank from which such electronic funds transfer was sent,
to:

         Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America
         730 Third Avenue
         New York, NY  10017
         Attention:  Securities Accounting Division
         Telephone Number:  (212) 916-4188
         Facsimile Number:  (212) 916-6199
                     -and-
         Attention:  Securities Division, Private Placements
                    
                                   Schedule I
                               (to Note Agreement)
<PAGE>   61


                     Haifen Tao
         Telephone Number:  (212) 916-4720
         Facsimile Number:  (212) 916-6583

All other notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None
Taxpayer I.D. Number:  13-1624203




I-2
<PAGE>   62



                                                                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                    OF NOTES
                                                                TO BE PURCHASED

TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE                                           $9,000,000
  & ANNUITY COMPANY
c/o Transamerica Investment Services
1150 South Olive Street
Suite 2700
Los Angeles, California  90015
Attention:  John Casparian

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of
Federal or other immediately available funds (identifying each payment as
"Williams-Sonoma, Inc., 7.20% Senior Notes Due August 8, 2005, PPN 969904 A* 2,
principal, premium or interest") to:

         Bank of America NT & SA (ABA #121-000-358)
         Corporate Service Center #1233
         1850 Gateway Blvd.
         Concord, California  94520
         Attention:  Terry Peach

         for credit to:  Transamerica Life Insurance and Annuity Company
         Account Number 12353-04395



Notices

All notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above, except
notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each such payment,
to:

         Transamerica Securities Accounting
         P. O. Box 2101
         Los Angeles, California  90051-0101
         Attention:  Elaine S. Farrell, Manager

I-3
<PAGE>   63

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  95-6140222




I-4
<PAGE>   64



                                                                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                    OF NOTES
                                                                TO BE PURCHASED

TRANSAMERICA OCCIDENTAL LIFE                                          $1,000,000
  INSURANCE COMPANY
c/o Transamerica Investment Services
1150 South Olive Street
Suite 2700
Los Angeles, California  90015
Attention:  John Casparian

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of
Federal or other immediately available funds (identifying each payment as
"Williams-Sonoma, Inc., 7.20% Senior Notes Due August 8, 2005, PPN 969904 A* 2,
principal, premium or interest") to:

         Bank of America NT & SA (ABA #121-000-358)
         Corporate Service Center #1233
         1850 Gateway Blvd.
         Concord, California  94520
         Attention:  Terry Peach

         for credit to:  Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company
         Account Number 12353-04390



Notices

All notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above, except
notices with respect to payments and written confirmation of each such payment,
to:

         Transamerica Securities Accounting
         P. O. Box 2101
         Los Angeles, California  90051-0101
         Attention:  Elaine S. Farrell, Manager

I-5
<PAGE>   65

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  95-1060502






I-6
<PAGE>   66

                                                                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                    OF NOTES
                                                                TO BE PURCHASED

NEW ENGLAND MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE                                    $10,000,000
  COMPANY
501 Boylston Street
Boston, Massachusetts  02117
Attention:  Private Placements Group
Telecopier No.:  (617) 578-4473

Payments

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be made prior to 12:00 p.m., New
York City time, by bank wire transfer or interbank transfer of Federal or other
immediately available funds (identifying each payment as "Williams-Sonoma, Inc.,
7.20% Senior Notes Due August 8, 2005, PPN 969904 A* 2, principal, premium or
interest") to:

         Chemical Bank
         4 New York Plaza -- ABA Routing No. 021-000-128
         New York, New York
                  for credit to:  New England Mutual Life Insurance Company
                  Account Number 144025987

With instructions to give advice of payment to Chemical's Money Transfer
Department setting forth the following information:

         Private Placement Number:  969904 A*2
         Borrower:  Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
         Issue (loan rate and maturity):  7.20% Senior Notes Due August 8, 2005
         Due date of Current Payment:  ________

Confirmation of each such payment setting forth the same information shall be
sent concurrently with such payment to:

         New England Mutual Life Insurance Company
         501 Boylston Street
         Boston, Massachusetts  02117
         Attention:  Securities Accounting Department

I-7
<PAGE>   67

Notices

All notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above, except
notices with respect to payment, and written confirmation of each such payment,
to be addressed Attention: Securities Accounting Department.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None
Taxpayer I.D. Number:  04-1662730


I-8

<PAGE>   68

                         DESCRIPTION OF DEBT AND LEASES

1.       The Funded Debt (other than Capitalized Rentals) of the Company and its
         Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date is as follows:
         $6,874,600 outstanding under that certain Promissory Note dated March
         9, 1994 in the principal amount of $7,000,000 made by the Company in
         favor of Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank
         of America") and the related Standing Loan Agreement dated as of March
         9, 1994 between the Company and Bank of America.

2.       Rentals on Leases of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
         outstanding on the Closing Date are as follows:

                  For the month ended June 25, 1995, the aggregate monthly
                  Rentals of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under
                  all leases of real and personal property was $2,809,000.

3.       Capitalized Leases of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
         outstanding on the Closing Date are as follows:

                                      None

4.       Liens of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the
         Closing Date are as follows:

                  A.       Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Fixture Filing
                           dated as of March 9, 1994 made by the Company in
                           favor of Equitable Deed Company, as trustee for the
                           benefit of Bank of America, and the related
                           California UCC-1 Financing Statement (File No.
                           94070510) dated March 9, 1994 executed by the Company
                           in favor of Bank of America.

                  B.       See attached schedule of UCC Liens.


                                   Schedule II
                               (to Note Agreement)
<PAGE>   69

                  C.       Each of the Subsidiaries has executed a Continuing
                           Guaranty dated August 7, 1995 in favor of Bank of
                           America. These Guarantees grant Bank of America a
                           security interest in all moneys, securities and other
                           property in the possession of Bank of America, and
                           all deposit accounts of the Subsidiaries maintained
                           with Bank of America.

                  D.       Under the terms of that certain Joint Venture
                           Agreement dated May 6, 1988 between Tokyu Department
                           Store Co., Ltd. and the Company, the Company may not
                           assign, convey, pledge or encumber the shares of
                           stock described below in Investments.

                  E.       Under the terms of the Standing Loan Agreement
                           described above in Funded Debt, the Company has
                           granted Bank of America a security interest in the
                           checking account from which Bank of America is
                           authorized to deduct payments on the Promissory Note.

5.       Investments of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding
         on the Closing Date are as follows:

                  A.       Negotiable Promissory Note dated August 12, 1994 in
                           the original principal amount of $2,100,000 issued by
                           Bill Levine in favor of the Company.

                  B.       700 shares of the common stock of Williams-Sonoma
                           Japan Co., Ltd.

                  C.       9,258 shares of capital stock of II Fornio "America"
                           Corporation.



II-2

<PAGE>   70











                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

1.  Restricted Subsidiaries:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Percentage of
                                                                       Voting Stock Owned
                                              Jurisdiction of            by Company and
                 Name of Subsidiary            Incorporation         each Other Subsidiary

<S>                                           <C>                    <C>
         Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc.               CA                       100%
         The Pottery Barn East, Inc.                CA                       100%
         Gardener's Eden, Inc.                      CA                       100%
         Hold Everything, Inc.                      CA                       100%
         Chambers Catalog Company, Inc.             CA                       100%
</TABLE>




2.  Subsidiaries (other than Restricted Subsidiaries):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Percentage of
                                                                       Voting Stock Owned
                                              Jurisdiction of            by Company and
                 Name of Subsidiary            Incorporation         each Other Subsidiary
<S>                                           <C>                    <C>


                                                   NONE

</TABLE>




II-3

<PAGE>   71



                             STORE CLOSING CRITERIA

1.   The economic performance of shopping malls.

2.   The economic health of the developer.

3.   The economic strength of the mall retail anchors.

4.   The closing of a department store anchor.

5.   The loss of parking and/or parking ramp.

6.   Fire, earthquake or like occurrences resulting in disruption of operations.

7.   Perception of or actual increase in criminal activity in a mall.

8.   Sales performance of a store such that the gross margin on the sales is not
     greater than the direct expense (four wall expense).

9.   Store operating income or contribution toward headquarters expenses being
     negative.

10.  Contribution percentage of store is less than 5% of sales.

11.  "Kick out" opportunity under lease may cause election to close a slightly
     profitable store within the period allowed in the kick out clause if the
     company believes the store's sales will not improve.

12.  Tax benefits resulting when store is closed and the construction costs are
     written off over 39 years for tax purposes as opposed to the life of the
     lease which is used for book purposes.

                                  SCHEDULE III
                               (to Note Agreement)


<PAGE>   72



                              WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

                      7.20% Senior Note Due August 8, 2005

No.                                                           ____________, ____

$                                                              PPN:  969904 A* 2


         WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC., a California corporation (the "Company"), for
value received, hereby promises to pay to

                              or registered assigns
                        on the eighth day of August, 2005
                             the principal amount of

                                                                    Dollars ($ )

and to pay interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months) on the principal amount from time to time remaining unpaid hereon at the
rate of 7.20% per annum from the date hereof until maturity, payable
semiannually on the eighth day of February and August in each year (commencing
on February 8, 1996) and at maturity. The Company agrees to pay interest on
overdue principal (including any overdue required or optional prepayment of
principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally enforceable) on any
overdue installment of interest, at the Overdue Rate after the due date, whether
by acceleration or otherwise, until paid. "Overdue Rate" shall mean the lesser
of (a) the maximum interest rate permitted by law and (b) 9.20% per annum.

         Both the principal hereof and interest hereon are payable at the
principal office of the Company in San Francisco, CA in coin or currency of the
United States of America which at the time of payment shall be legal tender for
the payment of public and private debts. If any amount of principal, premium, if
any, or interest on or in respect of this Note becomes due and payable on any
date which is not a Business Day, such amount shall be payable on the
immediately preceding Business Day. "Business Day" 


                                    EXHIBIT A
                               (to Note Agreement)

<PAGE>   73

means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New
York, New York or San Francisco, California are required by law to close or are
customarily closed.

         This Note is one of the 7.20% Senior Notes due August 8, 2005 (the
"Notes") of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $40,000,000 issued
or to be issued under and pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Note
Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1995 (the "Note Agreement"), entered into by
the Company with the original Purchasers therein referred to and this Note and
the holder hereof are entitled equally and ratably with the holders of all other
Notes outstanding under the Note Agreement to all the benefits provided for
thereby or referred to therein. Reference is hereby made to the Note Agreement
for a statement of such rights and benefits.

         This Note and the other Notes outstanding under the Note Agreement may
be declared or otherwise become due prior to their expressed maturity dates and
certain prepayments are required to be made thereon, all in the events, on the
terms and in the manner and amounts as provided in the Note Agreement.

         The Notes are not subject to prepayment or redemption at the option of
the Company prior to their expressed maturity dates except on the terms and
conditions and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set forth in the
Note Agreement.

         The payment of all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this
Note and the other Notes outstanding under the Note Agreement has been
unconditionally guaranteed by the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in
the Note Agreement) pursuant to the Guaranty Agreement (as defined in the Note
Agreement) and under the circumstances described in the Note Agreement shall be
guaranteed pursuant to Additional Note Guaranties (as defined in the Note
Agreement). Reference is hereby made thereto for a statement of the rights and
benefits accorded thereby.

         This Note is registered on the books of the Company and is transferable
only by surrender thereof at the principal office of the Company duly endorsed
or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the
registered holder of this Note or its attorney duly authorized 


A-2

<PAGE>   74

in writing. Payment of or on account of principal, premium, if any, and interest
on this Note shall be made only to or upon the order in writing of the
registered holder.



A-3

<PAGE>   75



         This Note and said Note Agreement are governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of New York, including all matters of construction,
validity and performance.

                                                           WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

                                                           By
                                                             
                                                             Its


A-4

<PAGE>   76


                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser as follows:

         1.      Subsidiaries. Schedule II attached to the Agreement states the
name of each of the Company's Subsidiaries, its jurisdiction of incorporation
and the percentage of its Voting Stock owned by the Company and/or its
Subsidiaries. Those Subsidiaries listed in Section 1 of said Schedule II
constitute Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company and each Subsidiary has good and
marketable title to all of the shares it purports to own of the stock of each
Subsidiary, free and clear in each case of any Lien. All such shares have been
duly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

         2.      Corporate Organization and Authority. The Company, and each
Restricted Subsidiary,

                 (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
         good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

                 (b) has all requisite power and authority and all necessary
         licenses and permits to own and operate its properties and to carry on
         its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be
         conducted, except where the failure to have the same could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

                 (c) is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as
         a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of the
         business transacted by it or the nature of the property owned or leased
         by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the
         failure to be so licensed, qualified and in good standing could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3. Financial Statements. (a) The consolidated balance sheets of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of January 29, 1995, January 30,
1994, January 31, 1993, February 2, 1992 and February 3, 1991 and the statements
of income and retained earnings and cash flow for the fiscal years ended on said
dates, each accompanied by a report thereon 


                                    EXHIBIT B
                               (to Note Agreement)



<PAGE>   77

containing an opinion unqualified as to scope limitations imposed by the Company
and otherwise without qualification except as therein noted, by Deloitte &
Touche, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except
as therein noted, are correct and complete in all material respects and present
fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as of such dates and the results of their operations and cash flow for such
periods. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as of April 30, 1995, and the unaudited statements of
income and retained earnings and cash flow for the three-month period ended on
said date prepared by the Company have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, are correct and complete in all material respects and
present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as of said date and the results of their operations and cash flows
for such period.

         (b)     Since January 29, 1995, there has been no change in the
condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as shown on the consolidated balance sheet as of such date except
changes, none of which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         4.      Indebtedness Schedule II attached to the Agreement correctly
describes all Funded Debt, Capitalized Leases, Investments and Rentals on 
Leases of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the 
Closing Date.

         5.      Full Disclosure. Neither the financial statements referred to
in paragraph 3 hereof nor the Agreement nor any other written statement
furnished by the Company to such Purchaser in connection with the negotiation of
the sale of the Notes, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits
a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein or herein not
misleading. There is no fact peculiar to the Company or its Subsidiaries, either
actually known or which reasonably should be known by the following officers in
the diligent performance of his/her duties: the Chairman, the President, the
Executive Vice President, the Treasurer, the chief executive officer, the chief
financial officer, the controller or the chief legal officer, which the Company
has not disclosed to 


B-2

<PAGE>   78


such Purchaser in writing which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         6.      Pending Litigation. There are no proceedings pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in any court or before any governmental authority or
arbitration board or tribunal which, if adversely determined against the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         7.      Title to Properties; Leases. The Company and each Restricted
Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all material parcels of real
property and has good title to all the other material items of property it
purports to own, including that reflected in the most recent balance sheet
referred to in paragraph 3 hereof, except as sold or otherwise disposed of in
the ordinary course of business and except for Liens permitted by the Agreement.
All leases that individually or in the aggregate are material are valid and
subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects.

         8.      Patents and Trademarks. The Company and each Restricted
Subsidiary owns or possesses all the patents, trademarks, trade names, service
marks, copyrights, licenses and rights with respect to the foregoing necessary
for the present and planned future conduct of its business, without any known
conflict with the rights of others, which the failure to so own or possess could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         9.      Sale is Legal and Authorized; Other Instruments. The execution
and delivery of the Agreement and the Notes by the Company, the sale of the
Notes and compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of the Agreement
and the Notes --

                 (a) are within the corporate powers of the Company;

                 (b) will not violate any provisions of any law or any order of
         any court or governmental authority or agency and will not conflict
         with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or
         provisions of, or constitute a default under, the Articles or By-laws
         of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any indenture,


B-3

<PAGE>   79


         mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease or
         other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Restricted
         Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound or result in the
         imposition of any Liens or encumbrances on any property of the Company;
         and

                 (c) have been duly authorized by proper corporate action on
         the part of the Company (no action by the stockholders of the Company
         being required by law, by the Articles or By-laws of the Company or
         otherwise), and the Agreement and the Notes have been executed and
         delivered by the Company and the Agreement and the Notes constitute the
         legal, valid and binding obligations, contracts and agreements of the
         Company enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

         10.     No Defaults. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing. The Company is not in default in the payment of principal or
interest on any Debt and is not in default under any instrument or instruments
or agreements under and subject to which any Debt has been issued and no event
has occurred and is continuing under the provisions of any such instrument or
agreement which with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would
constitute an event of default thereunder.

         11.     Governmental Consent. No approval, consent or withholding of
objection on the part of any regulatory body, state, Federal or local, is
necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of the
Agreement or the issuance, sale or delivery of the Notes or compliance by the
Company with any of the provisions of the Agreement or the Notes.

         12.     Taxes. All tax returns required to be filed by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary in any jurisdiction have, in fact, been filed, and all
taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or upon any of their respective properties, income or
franchises, which are shown to be due and payable in such returns have been
paid, unless being contested in accordance with this Agreement. For all taxable
years ending on or before February 2, 1992, the Federal income tax liability of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been satisfied and either the
period of limitations on assessment of 


B-4

<PAGE>   80

additional Federal income tax has expired or the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries have entered into an agreement with the Internal Revenue Service
closing conclusively the total tax liability for the taxable year. Except for
items being contested in accordance with this Agreement, the Company does not
know of any proposed additional tax assessment against it for which adequate
provision has not been made on its accounts, and no material controversy in
respect of additional Federal or state income taxes due since said date is
pending or to the knowledge of the Company threatened. The provisions for taxes
on the books of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary are adequate for all
open years, and for its current fiscal period.

         13.     Use of Proceeds. The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes
will be used to refinance existing indebtedness and for general corporate
purposes. None of the transactions contemplated in the Agreement (including,
without limitation thereof, the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Notes)
will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or any regulation issued pursuant thereto, including,
without limitation, Regulations G, T and X of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R., Chapter II. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary owns or intends to carry or purchase any "margin stock" within the
meaning of said Regulation G. None of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes
will be used to purchase, or refinance any borrowing the proceeds of which were
used to purchase, any "security" within the meaning of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

         14.     Private Offering. Neither the Company, directly or indirectly,
nor any agent on its behalf has offered or will offer the Notes, the Guaranty
Agreement or any similar Security to or has solicited or will solicit an offer
to acquire the Notes, the Guaranty Agreement or any similar Security from or has
otherwise approached or negotiated or will approach or negotiate in respect of
the Notes, the Guaranty Agreement or any similar Security with any Person other
than the Purchasers and not more than 11 other institutional investors, each of
whom was offered a portion of the Notes and the Guaranty Agreement at private
sale for investment. Neither the Company, directly or indirectly, nor any agent
on its behalf has offered or will offer the Notes, the Guaranty Agreement or any
similar Security to or 


B-5

<PAGE>   81

has solicited or will solicit an offer to acquire the Notes, the Guaranty
Agreement or any similar Security from any Person so as to bring the issuance
and sale of the Notes and the Guaranty Agreement within the provisions of
Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         15.     ERISA. Assuming the validity of the Purchasers' representations
in SECTION 3.2(b) of the Agreement, the consummation of the transactions
provided for in the Agreement and compliance by the Company with the provisions
thereof and the Notes issued thereunder will not involve any prohibited
transaction within the meaning of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Each Plan
complies in all material respects with all applicable statutes and governmental
rules and regulations, and (a) no Reportable Event has occurred and is
continuing with respect to any Plan, (b) neither the Company nor any ERISA
Affiliate has withdrawn from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or instituted steps
to do so, and (c) no steps have been instituted to terminate any Plan. No
condition exists or event or transaction has occurred in connection with any
Plan which could result in the incurrence by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
of any material fine or penalty, and no claims other than claims for benefits in
the ordinary course of Plan administration have been made against any Plan. No
Plan maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, nor any trust created
thereunder, has incurred any "accumulated funding deficiency" as defined in
Section 302 of ERISA nor does the present value of all benefits vested under all
Plans exceed, as of the last annual valuation date, the value of the assets of
the Plans allocable to such vested benefits. Neither the Company nor any ERISA
Affiliate has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement
"welfare benefit plan" (as such term is defined in ERISA).

         16.     Compliance with Law. (a) Neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary (1) is in violation of any law, ordinance, franchise, governmental
rule or regulation to which it is subject; or (2) has failed to obtain any
license, permit, franchise or other governmental authorization necessary to the
ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business, which violation or
failure to obtain could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default with
respect to any order of any court or governmental authority or arbitration board
or tribunal which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

B-6

<PAGE>   82

         (b)     Without limiting the provisions of clause (a) of this paragraph
16, the Company is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, the
failure to comply with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         17.     Investment Company Act. The Company is not, and is not directly
or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of any Person which is, required
to register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

         18.     Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc. Neither the Company
nor any Affiliate of the Company is, by reason of being a "national" of a
"designated foreign country" or a "specially designated national" within the
meaning of the Regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, United
States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V), or for any other
reason, subject to any restriction or prohibition under, or is in violation of,
any Federal statute or Presidential Executive Order, or any rules or regulations
of any department, agency or administrative body promulgated under any such
statute or order, concerning trade or other relations with any foreign country
or any citizen or national thereof or the ownership or operation of any
property.

         19.     Solvency. The Company is solvent, has capital not unreasonably
small in relation to its business or any contemplated or undertaken transaction
and has assets having a value both at fair valuation and at present fair salable
value greater than the amount required to pay its debts as they become due and
greater than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on
its existing debts as they become absolute and matured. The Company does not
intend to incur, or believes or should have believed that it will incur, debts
beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due. The Company will not be
rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of, and performance of its
obligations under, the Agreement or the Notes. The Company does not intend to
hinder, delay or defraud its creditors by or through the execution and delivery
of, or performance of its obligations under, the Agreement or the Notes.

         20.     Transactions with Affiliates. Except for the "Related Party
Lease Transactions" described in Note F of Notes to Consolidated Financial


B-7

<PAGE>   83

Statements of the Company as at January 29, 1995, the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries have neither entered into nor are a party to any transaction or
arrangement with any Affiliate (including, without limitation, the purchase
from, sale to or exchange of property with, or the rendering of any service by
or for, any Affiliate), except on terms which when taken as a whole with other
transactions as between such Affiliate and the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
than would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an
Affiliate.


B-8

<PAGE>   84

                DESCRIPTION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL'S CLOSING OPINION

         The closing opinion of Chapman and Cutler, special counsel to the
Purchasers, called for by SECTION 4.1 of the Note Agreement, shall be dated the
Closing Date and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to the Purchasers and shall be to the effect that:

                    1. Assuming the Note Agreement has been duly authorized by
         all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, has been
         duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal,
         valid and binding contract of the Company, the Note Agreement is
         enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,
         insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors'
         rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of
         whether the application of such principles is considered in a
         proceeding in equity or at law).

                    2. Assuming the Notes have been duly authorized by all
         necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, have been duly
         executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid
         and binding obligations of the Company, the Notes are enforceable in
         accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
         fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
         generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the
         application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity
         or at law).

                    3. Assuming the Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized
         by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Initial Subsidiary
         Guarantors, has been duly executed and delivered by the Initial
         Subsidiary Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
         contract of the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors, the Guaranty Agreement
         is enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,
         insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors'
         rights generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of
         whether the application of such principles is considered in a
         proceeding in equity or at law).

                                    EXHIBIT E
                               (to Note Agreement)
<PAGE>   85

                    4. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes under the
         circumstances contemplated by the Note Agreement does not, under
         existing law, require the registration of the Notes under the
         Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the qualification of an
         indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

         The opinion of Chapman and Cutler shall also state that the opinion of
Irell & Manella is satisfactory in scope and form to Chapman and Cutler and
that, in their opinion, the Purchasers are justified in relying thereon.

         Chapman and Cutler may rely solely upon the opinion of Irell & Manella
with respect to all matters governed by California law. The opinion of Chapman
and Cutler is limited to the laws of the State of New York, and the Federal laws
of the United States.

         With respect to matters of fact upon which such opinion is based,
Chapman and Cutler may rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and
officers of the Company.


E-2

<PAGE>   86




                    DESCRIPTION OF CLOSING OPINION OF COUNSEL
              TO THE COMPANY AND THE INITIAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

         The closing opinion of Irell & Manella, counsel for the Company, which
is called for by SECTION 4.1 of the Note Agreement, shall be dated the Closing
Date and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be satisfactory in scope and form to
the Purchasers and shall be to the effect that:

                    1. The Company is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly
         existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
         California, has the corporate power and the corporate authority to
         execute and perform the Note Agreement and to issue the Notes and has
         the full corporate power and the corporate authority to conduct the
         activities in which it is now engaged and is duly licensed or qualified
         and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction
         in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or the
         nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or
         qualification necessary.

                    2. Each Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly
         existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
         incorporation and is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing
         in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or
         leased by it or the nature of the business transacted by it makes such
         licensing or qualification necessary and all of the issued and
         outstanding shares of capital stock of each such Subsidiary have been
         duly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the
         Company, by one or more Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more
         Subsidiaries. Each Initial Subsidiary Guarantor has the corporate power
         and the corporate authority to execute and perform the Guaranty
         Agreement.

                    3. The Note Agreement has been duly authorized by all
         necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, has been duly
         executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid
         and binding contract of the Company enforceable in accordance with its
         terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent 

                                       i
<PAGE>   87

         conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and
         general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of
         such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                    4. The Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary
         corporate action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed
         and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and
         binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their
         terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or
         similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and general
         principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such
         principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                    5. The Guaranty Agreement has been duly authorized by all
         necessary corporate action on the part of the Initial Subsidiary
         Guarantors, has been duly executed and delivered by the Initial
         Subsidiary Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
         obligations of the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors enforceable in
         accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
         fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
         generally, and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the
         application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity
         or at law).

                    6. No approval, consent or withholding of objection on the
         part of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any
         governmental body, Federal, state or local, is necessary in connection
         with the execution, delivery and performance of the Note Agreement, the
         Guaranty Agreement or the Notes.

                    7. The issuance and sale of the Notes and the execution,
         delivery and performance by the Company of the Note Agreement do not
         conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or
         constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of
         any Lien upon any of the property of the Company pursuant to the
         provisions of the Articles or By-laws of the Company or any agreement
         or other instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a
         party or by which the Company may be bound.


                                       ii
<PAGE>   88

                    8. The execution, delivery and performance by the Initial
         Subsidiary Guarantors of the Guaranty Agreement do not conflict with or
         result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a
         default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon
         any of the property of the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to
         the provisions of the Articles or By-laws of the Initial Subsidiary
         Guarantors or any agreement or other instrument known to such counsel
         to which the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors are a party or by which the
         Initial Subsidiary Guarantors may be bound.

                    9. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes and the
         execution and delivery of the Guaranty Agreement under the
         circumstances contemplated by the Note Agreement does not, under
         existing law, require the registration of the Notes or the Guaranty
         Agreement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
         qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
         amended.

                   10. The issuance of the Notes and the use of the proceeds of
         the sale of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of and
         contemplated by the Note Agreement do not violate or conflict with
         Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
         Reserve System.

                   11. There is no litigation pending or, to the best knowledge
         of such counsel, threatened which in such counsel's opinion could
         reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect on the
         Company's or the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors' business or assets or
         which would impair the ability of the Company to issue and deliver the
         Notes or to comply with the provisions of the Note Agreement or the
         ability of the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors to comply with the
         Guaranty Agreement.

                   12. The choice of New York as the governing law of the Note
         Agreement, the Notes and the Guaranty Agreement is valid and will be
         upheld and applied by the courts of the State of California.


                                      iii
<PAGE>   89

         The opinion of Irell & Manella shall cover such other matters relating
to the sale of the Notes as the Purchasers may reasonably request. With respect
to matters of fact on which such opinion is based, such counsel shall be
entitled to rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and officers of
the Company and the Initial Subsidiary Guarantors.


                                       iv

<PAGE>   1



                                  EXHIBIT 10.9A

                 GUARANTY AGREEMENT FOR $40,000,000 SENIOR NOTES


<PAGE>   2



         EXHIBIT 10.9A GUARANTY AGREEMENT FOR $40,000,000 SENIOR NOTES

================================================================================


                               Guaranty Agreement

                           Dated as of August 1, 1995


                                       By


                             The Entities Listed on
                           the Signature Page Hereto


                                      Re:


                         $40,000,000 7.20% Senior Notes
                               Due August 8, 2005

                                       of
                             Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

================================================================================
<PAGE>   3
                               GUARANTY AGREEMENT

                                       Re:

                         $40,000,000 7.20% Senior Notes
                               Due August 8, 2005
                                       of
                              Williams-Sonoma, Inc.

         Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 1, 1995 by the entities listed on
the signature page attached hereto, (each, a "Guaranteeing Subsidiary" and
collectively, the "Guaranteeing Subsidiaries").

                                    Recitals:

            A. Williams-Sonoma, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"),
is presently the direct owner of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

            B. In order to repay certain indebtedness and for other general
corporate purposes, the Company is entering into a Note Agreement dated as of
August 1, 1995 (the "Note Agreement") between the Company and the purchasers
named on Schedule I attached to said Note Agreement (the "Purchasers"),
providing for, among other things, the issue and sale by the Company of its
7.20% Senior Notes, Due August 8, 2005 to be issued in an aggregate principal
amount equal to $40,000,000 (the "Notes"). The Purchasers whose names are
entered into the Note Register pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Note Agreement as
the owner or holder of one or more Notes is hereinafter referred to individually
as a "Noteholder" and collectively as the "Noteholders".

            C. The Purchasers have required as a further condition of their
purchase of the Notes that the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries enter into this
Guaranty as security for the Notes and the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, by reason
of their interest in the repayment by the Company of certain indebtedness
incurred and in order to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Notes thereunder
and thereby provide the Company with funds to repay such indebtedness and for
other general corporate purposes, have agreed to execute this Guaranty.

                                       1<PAGE>   4

         NOW, Therefore, in consideration of the premises and for the purpose of
inducing the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the Purchasers and in
further consideration of the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) paid to each
Guaranteeing Subsidiary by the Purchasers, the receipt whereof is hereby
acknowledged, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary does hereby covenant and agree as
follows:

Section 1.               DEFINITIONS.

         Except as set forth below and unless the context otherwise requires,
capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the
Note Agreement or as hereinafter set forth and such definitions shall be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of any of the terms so defined.

         For the purposes of this Guaranty, "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean
a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial
condition, assets or properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the subject Guaranteeing Subsidiary to
perform its obligations under this Guaranty, or (c) the validity or
enforceability of this Guaranty.

Section 2.               GUARANTY OF NOTES AND NOTE AGREEMENT.

         (a) Subject to SECTION 2(b) below, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary does
hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guarantee unto the
Noteholders (1) the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes from time to time outstanding, as and when such
payments shall become due and payable, whether by lapse of time, upon redemption
or prepayment, by extension or by acceleration or declaration or otherwise
(including (to the extent legally enforceable) interest due on overdue payments
of principal, premium, if any, or interest at the rate set forth in the Notes)
in coin or currency of the United States of America which at the time of payment
or demand therefor shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private
debts, (2) the full and prompt performance and observance by the Company of each
and all of the obligations, covenants and agreements required to be performed or
owed by the Company under the terms of the Notes and the Note Agreement, and (3)
the full and prompt payment, upon demand by any Noteholder of all costs and
expenses, legal or otherwise (including reasonable attorneys' fees), if any, as
shall have been expended or incurred in the enforcement of any right or
privilege under the Notes or the Note Agreement or in the enforcement of any
rights, privileges or liabilities under this Guaranty or in any consultation or
action in connection therewith or herewith.

                                       2<PAGE>   5

         (b)     The obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereunder shall
be limited to the lesser of (i) the obligations of the Company guaranteed
hereunder, or (ii) a maximum aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that
would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code
or any applicable provisions of comparable state law (collectively, the
"Fraudulent Transfer Laws"), if and to the extent such Guaranteeing Subsidiary
(or a trustee on its behalf) has properly invoked the protections of the
Fraudulent Transfer Laws in each case after giving effect to all other
liabilities of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, contingent or otherwise, that are
relevant under the Fraudulent Transfer Laws.

SECTION 3.               GUARANTY OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE.

         This is a guaranty of payment and performance and each Guaranteeing
Subsidiary hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to
require that any action on or in respect of any Note or the Note Agreement be
brought against the Company or that resort be had to any direct or indirect
security for the Notes or for this Guaranty or any other remedy. Any Noteholder
may, at its option, proceed hereunder against any Guaranteeing Subsidiary in the
first instance to collect monies when due, the payment of which is guaranteed
hereby, without first proceeding against the Company, any other Guaranteeing
Subsidiary or any other person and without first resorting to any direct or
indirect security for the Notes, or for this Guaranty or any other remedy. The
liability of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereunder shall in no way be affected
or impaired by any acceptance by any Noteholder of any direct or indirect
security for, or other guaranties of, any indebtedness, liability or obligation
of the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person to any
Noteholder or by any failure, delay, neglect or omission by the Noteholder to
realize upon or protect any such indebtedness, liability or obligation or any
notes or other instruments evidencing the same or any direct or indirect
security therefor or by any approval, consent, waiver, or other action taken, or
omitted to be taken by any such Noteholder.

SECTION 4.               GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE GUARANTY.

         (a)     Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby consents and agrees that
any Noteholder or Noteholders from time to time, with or without any further
notice to or assent from such Guaranteeing Subsidiary may, without in any manner
affecting the liability of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guaranty, and
upon such terms and conditions as any such Noteholder may deem advisable:


                                       3<PAGE>   6

                 (1) extend in whole or in part (by renewal or otherwise),
         modify, change, compromise, release or extend the duration of the time
         for the performance or payment of any indebtedness, liability or
         obligation of the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or of any
         other person secondarily or otherwise liable for any indebtedness,
         liability or obligations of the Company on the Notes, or waive any
         default with respect thereto, or waive, modify, amend or change any
         provision of any other instruments; or

                 (2) sell, release, surrender, modify, impair, exchange or
         substitute any and all property, of any nature and from whomsoever
         received, held by, or for the benefit of, any such Noteholder as direct
         or indirect security for the payment or performance of any
         indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Company, any other
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary or of any other person secondarily or otherwise
         liable for any indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Company on
         the Notes; or

                 (3) settle, adjust or compromise any claim of the Company
         against any other person secondarily or otherwise liable for any
         indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Company on the Notes.

         Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby ratifies and confirms any such
extension, renewal, change, sale, release, waiver, surrender, exchange,
modification, amendment, impairment, substitution, settlement, adjustment or
compromise and that the same shall be binding upon it, and hereby waives, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses, counterclaims or offsets
which it might or could have by reason thereof, it being understood that each
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall at all times be bound by this Guaranty and remain
liable hereunder.

           (b) Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by law: (1) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty by the Noteholders
or of the creation, renewal or accrual of any liability of the Company, present
or future, or of the reliance of such Noteholders upon this Guaranty (it being
understood that every indebtedness, liability and obligation described in
SECTION 2(a) shall conclusively be presumed to have been created, contracted or
incurred in reliance upon the execution of this Guaranty); (2) demand of payment
by any Noteholder from the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any
other person indebted in any manner on or for any of the indebtedness,
liabilities or obligations hereby guaranteed; and (3) presentment for the
payment by any Noteholder or any other person of the Notes or any other
instrument, protest thereof and notice of its dishonor to any party thereto and
to the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries. The obligations of each Guaranteeing
Subsidiary under this Guaranty and the rights of any Noteholder to enforce such
obligations by any proceedings, whether by action at


                                       4<PAGE>   7

law, suit in equity or otherwise, shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination, whether by reason of any claim of any
character whatsoever or otherwise and shall not be subject to any defense,
set-off, counterclaim (other than any compulsory counterclaim), recoupment or
termination whatsoever.

         (c)     The obligations of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereunder shall
be binding upon such Guaranteeing Subsidiary and its successors and assigns, and
shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

                 (1) the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of
         the Notes, the Note Agreement or any other instruments relating thereto
         or any of the terms of any thereof, the continuance of any obligation
         on the part of the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any
         other person on the Notes or under the Note Agreement or the power or
         authority or the lack of power or authority of the Company to issue the
         Notes or execute and deliver the Note Agreement or to perform any of
         its obligations thereunder or the existence or continuance of any other
         person as a legal entity; or

                 (2) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the
         performance by the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any
         other person of any obligations of any kind or character whatsoever of
         the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person
         (including, without limitation, the obligations and undertakings of the
         Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person under
         the Notes or the Note Agreement); or

                 (3) any creditors' rights, bankruptcy, receivership or other
         insolvency proceeding of the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary
         or any other person or in respect of the property of the Company, any
         other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person or any merger,
         consolidation, reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up
         of the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person;
         or

                 (4) impossibility or illegality of performance on the part of
         the Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person of
         its obligations under the Notes, the Note Agreement or any other
         instruments; or

                 (5) in respect of the Company, any other Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary or any other person, any change of circumstances, whether or
         not foreseen or foreseeable, whether or not imputable to the Company,
         any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person, or other
         impossibility of performance through fire, explosion, accident,


                                       5<PAGE>   8

         labor disturbance, floods, droughts, embargoes, wars (whether or not
         declared), civil commotions, acts of God or the public enemy, delays or
         failure of suppliers or carriers, inability to obtain materials, action
         of any Federal or state regulatory body or agency, change of law or any
         other causes affecting performance, or any other force majeure, whether
         or not beyond the control of the Company, any other Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary or any other person and whether or not of the kind
         hereinbefore specified; or

                 (6)  any attachment, claim, demand, charge, lien, order,
         process, encumbrance or any other happening or event or reason, similar
         or dissimilar to the foregoing, or any withholding or diminution at the
         source, by reason of any taxes, assessments, expenses, indebtedness,
         obligations or liabilities of any character, foreseen or unforeseen,
         and whether or not valid, incurred by or against any person, or any
         claims, demands, charges or liens of any nature, foreseen or
         unforeseen, incurred by any person, or against any sums payable under
         this Guaranty, so that such sums would be rendered inadequate or would
         be unavailable to make the payments herein provided; or

                 (7)  any order, judgment, decree, ruling or regulation (whether
         or not valid) of any court of any nation or of any political
         subdivision thereof or any body, agency, department, official or
         administrative or regulatory agency of any thereof or any other action,
         happening, event or reason whatsoever which shall delay, interfere
         with, hinder or prevent, or in any way adversely affect, the
         performance by any party of its respective obligations under the Notes,
         the Note Agreement or any instrument relating thereto; or

                 (8)  the failure of any Guaranteeing  Subsidiary to receive any
         benefit from or as a result of its execution, delivery and performance
         of this Guaranty; or

                 (9)  any failure or lack of diligence in collection or
         protection, failure in presentment or demand for payment, protest,
         notice of protest, notice of default and of nonpayment, any failure to
         give notice to any Guaranteeing Subsidiary of failure of the Company,
         any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person to keep and
         perform any obligation, covenant or agreement under the terms of the
         Notes or the Note Agreement or failure to resort for payment to the
         Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or to any other person or to
         any other guaranty or to any property, security, liens or other rights
         or remedies; or

                 (10) the acceptance of any additional security or other
         guaranty, the advance of additional money to the Company, any other
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person, the renewal or extension
         of the Notes or amendments, modifications, consents or


                                       6<PAGE>   9

         waivers with respect to the Notes or the Note Agreement, or the sale,
         release, substitution or exchange of any security for the Notes; or

                 (11) any defense whatsoever that the Company, any other
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person might have to the payment
         of the Notes (principal, premium, if any, or interest), other than
         payment in cash thereof, or to the performance or observance of any of
         the provisions of the Note Agreement, whether through the satisfaction
         or purported satisfaction by the Company, any other Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary or any other person of its debts due to any cause such as
         bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, merger, consolidation,
         reorganization, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or otherwise; or

                 (12) any act or failure to act with regard to the Notes, the
         Note Agreement or anything which might vary the risk of any
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary; or

                 (13) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
         defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guaranteeing Subsidiary in
         respect of the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this
         Guaranty;

provided that the specific enumeration of the above-mentioned acts, failures or
omissions shall not be deemed to exclude any other acts, failures or omissions,
though not specifically mentioned above, it being the purpose and intent of this
Guaranty that the obligations of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be absolute
and unconditional and shall not be discharged, impaired or varied except by the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in
accordance with their respective terms whenever the same shall become due and
payable as in the Notes provided, at the place specified in and all in the
manner and with the effect provided in the Notes and the Note Agreement, as
amended or modified from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, it is
understood that repeated and successive demands may be made and recoveries may
be had hereunder as and when, from time to time, the Company shall default under
the terms of the Notes or the Note Agreement and that notwithstanding recovery
hereunder for or in respect of any given default or defaults by the Company
under the Notes or the Note Agreement, this Guaranty shall remain in full force
and effect and shall apply to each and every subsequent default.

                 (d)  All rights of any Noteholder under this Guaranty may be
transferred or assigned at any time and shall be considered to be transferred or
assigned at any time or from time to time upon the transfer of such Note whether
with or without the consent of or notice to any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under
this Guaranty or to the Company.


                                       7<PAGE>   10

                 (e)  To the extent of any payments made under this Guaranty,
any Guaranteeing Subsidiary making such payment shall be subrogated to the
rights of the Noteholder upon whose Note such payment was made, but any such
Guaranteeing Subsidiary covenants and agrees that such right of subrogation
shall be subordinate in right of payment to the rights of any Noteholder for
which full payment has not been made or provided for and, to that end, each
Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees not to claim or enforce any such right of
subrogation or any right of set-off or any other right which may arise on
account of any payment made by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary in accordance with
the provisions of this Guaranty unless and until all of the Notes and all other
sums due and payable under the Note Agreement have been fully paid and
discharged.

                 (f)  Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that to the extent the
Company, any other Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any other person makes any payment
on any Note, which payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated,
voided, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered,
rescinded or is required to be retained by or repaid to a trustee, liquidator,
receiver, or any other person under any bankruptcy code, common law, or
equitable cause, then and to the extent of such payment, the obligation or the
part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full
force and effect with respect to each Guaranteeing Subsidiary's obligations
hereunder, as if said payment had not been made. The liability of each
Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereunder shall not be reduced or discharged, in whole
or in part, by any payment to any Noteholder from any source that is thereafter
paid, returned or refunded in whole or in part by reason of the assertion of a
claim of any kind relating thereto, including, but not limited to, any claim for
breach of contract, breach of warranty, preference, illegality, invalidity, or
fraud asserted by any account debtor or by any other person.

                 (g)  No Noteholder shall be under any obligation (1) to marshal
any assets in favor of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary or in payment of any or all
of the liabilities of the Company under or in respect of the Notes or the
obligations of any Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereunder or (2) to pursue any other
remedy that any Guaranteeing Subsidiary may or may not be able to pursue itself
and that may lighten such Guaranteeing Subsidiary's burden, or any right to
which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby expressly waives.

                 (h)  The obligations of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary with
respect to the guaranty and all other obligations under this Guaranty of such
Guaranteeing Subsidiary are and shall continue to be direct and unsecured
obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary ranking pari passu as against the
assets of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary and pari passu with all other present and
future Indebtedness of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary which is not expressed to be
subordinate or junior in rank to any other Indebtedness of such Guaranteeing
Subsidiary (except


                                       8<PAGE>   11

to the extent that the foregoing is not true by virtue of, and solely by virtue
of, Liens expressly permitted by the Note Agreement securing other Indebtedness
insofar as such Indebtedness represents a prior claim in respect of the property
or assets secured by such permitted Lien).

                 (i)  Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives all rights and
defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Noteholders, even though
that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to
security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed such Guaranteeing
Subsidiary's rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the Company by the
operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or
otherwise.

SECTION 5.               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTEEING
                         SUBSIDIARIES.

         Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary represents and warrants to you as follows:

                   (a)   Subsidiaries.  Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary has no
                         subsidiaries.

                   (b)   Corporate Organization and Authority.  Such
                         Guaranteeing Subsidiary:

                         (1)     is a corporation duly organized and validly
                   existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

                         (2)     is in good standing under the laws of its
                   jurisdiction of incorporation; and

                         (3)     has all requisite power and authority to
                  execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty.

                  (c) Pending Litigation. There are no proceedings pending or,
         to the knowledge of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, threatened against or
         affecting such Guaranteeing Subsidiary in any court or before any
         governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal which, if
         adversely determined against such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, could
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (d) Guaranty Is Legal and Authorized. The execution and
         delivery by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary of this Guaranty and
         compliance thereby with all of the provisions of this Guaranty will not
         violate any provisions of any law or any order of any court or
         governmental authority or agency and will not conflict with or result
         in any


                                       9<PAGE>   12

         breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute
         a default under the corporate charter or by-laws of such Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary or any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which
         such Guaranteeing Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound or
         result in the imposition of any Liens or encumbrances on any property
         of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary; and this Guaranty has been duly
         authorized by proper corporate action on the part of such Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary (no action by the stockholders of such Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary that has not been taken being required by law or by the
         corporate charter or by-laws of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary or
         otherwise), executed and delivered by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, and
         this Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and
         agreement of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary enforceable in accordance
         with its terms.

                   (e) Guaranty to Rank Pari Passu. The obligations of such
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary with respect to the guaranty and all other
         obligations under this Guaranty of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary are
         direct and unsecured obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary
         ranking pari passu as against the assets of such Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary and pari passu with all other present and future
         Indebtedness of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary which is not expressed to
         be subordinate or junior in rank to any other Indebtedness of such
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary (except to the extent that the foregoing is not
         true by virtue of, and solely by virtue of, Liens expressly permitted
         by the Note Agreement securing other Indebtedness insofar as such
         Indebtedness represents a prior claim in respect of the property or
         assets secured by such permitted Lien).

                   (f) Governmental Consent. No approval, consent or withholding
         of objection on the part of any regulatory body, state, Federal or
         local, is necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by
         such Guaranteeing Subsidiary of this Guaranty or compliance by such
         Guaranteeing Subsidiary with any of the provisions of this Guaranty.

                   (g) Compliance with Law. Such Guaranteeing Subsidiary (i) is
         not in violation of any law, ordinance, franchise, governmental rule or
         regulation to which it is subject; or (ii) has not failed to obtain any
         license, permit, franchise or other governmental authorization
         necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its
         business, which violation or failure to obtain could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary is not in default with respect to any order of any court or
         governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal which default
         could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                       10<PAGE>   13

SECTION 6.               GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY COVENANTS.

         From and after the date of issuance of the Notes by the Company and
continuing so long as any amount remains unpaid thereon each Guaranteeing
Subsidiary agrees to comply with the terms and provisions of Sections 5.1 and
5.13 of the Note Agreement as if said Sections were set forth herein in full.

SECTION 7.               SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.

         Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Guaranty or the
Notes or any document related thereto may be brought in the courts of the State
of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New
York, and, by execution and delivery of this Guaranty, each Guaranteeing
Subsidiary hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property generally
and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.
Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any
objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue
or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens which it may now or hereafter
have to the bringing of any action or proceeding in such respective
jurisdiction.

SECTION 8.               NOTICES.

         All communications provided for herein shall be in writing, and (a) if
to the Company or the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, delivered or mailed prepaid by
registered or certified mail or express commercial air courier, or by facsimile
communication (prompt express commercial air courier delivery of hard copy to
follow such facsimile communication), or (b) if to any Purchaser, delivered or
mailed prepaid by express commercial air courier, or by facsimile communication
(prompt express commercial air courier delivery of hard copy to follow such
facsimile communication), in any case at the addresses set forth below, or to
such other address as such person may designate to the other persons named below
by notice given in accordance with this Section:

<TABLE>

       <S>                           <C>
       If to any Noteholder:         To its address for notices appearing in
                                     Schedule I to the Note Agreement, as the
                                     case may be

       If to a Guaranteeing
         Subsidiary:                 To the address listed on Schedule I hereto
                                     for such Guaranteeing Subsidiary

       If to the Company:            Williams-Sonoma, Inc.
                                     3250 VanNess Avenue
                                     San Francisco, California 94109
                                     Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

</TABLE>


                                       11<PAGE>   14

         (a)     This Guaranty may only be amended and/or modified by an
instrument in writing signed by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and by the
Noteholder or Noteholders of at least 51% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding; provided, that without the written consent of the
Noteholders of all of the Notes then outstanding, no such waiver, modification,
alteration or amendment shall be effective which will reduce the scope of the
guaranty set forth in this Guaranty or amend the requirements of SECTIONS 2, 3,
4 hereof or amend this SECTION 9. No such amendment or modification shall extend
to or affect any obligation not expressly amended or modified or impair any
right consequent thereon.

         (b)     Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it will not solicit,
request or negotiate for or with respect to any proposed waiver or amendment of
any of the provisions of this Guaranty, the Note Agreement or the Notes unless
each Noteholder (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) shall be
informed thereof by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary and shall be afforded the
opportunity of considering the same for a period of not less than 30 days and
shall be supplied by such Guaranteeing Subsidiary with a brief statement
regarding the reasons for any such proposed waiver or amendment, a copy of the
proposed waiver or amendment and such other information regarding such amendment
or waiver as any Noteholder shall reasonably request to enable it to make an
informed decision with respect thereto. Executed or true and correct copies of
any waiver or amendment effected pursuant to the provisions of this SECTION 9
shall be delivered by any such Guaranteeing Subsidiary to each Noteholder of
outstanding Notes within 30 days following the date on which the same shall have
been executed and delivered by the holder or holders of the requisite percentage
of the outstanding Notes. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it will not,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way
of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, to any Noteholder as
consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any Noteholder of
any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions of this Guaranty, the
Note Agreement or the Notes, unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, on
the same terms, ratably to the Noteholders of all of the Notes then outstanding.

SECTION 10.              MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a)     No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to any Noteholder
is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each
and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every
other remedy given under this Guaranty now or hereafter existing at law or in
equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any
default, omission or failure of performance hereunder shall impair any such


                                       12<PAGE>   15

right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof but any such right
or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed
expedient. In order to entitle any Noteholder to exercise any remedy reserved to
it under this Guaranty, it shall not be necessary for such Noteholder to
physically produce its Note in any proceedings instituted by it or to give any
notice, other than such notice as may be herein expressly required.

         (b)     In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this
Guaranty shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained
herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         (c)     This Guaranty shall be binding upon the undersigned
Guaranteeing Subsidiaries and their respective successors and assigns and shall
inure to the benefit of each Noteholder and its successors and assigns so long
as its Note remains outstanding and unpaid.

         (d)     THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                       13<PAGE>   16


         In WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary has caused this
Guaranty Agreement to be duly executed by an authorized officer as of the first
day of August, 1995.

                                           WILLIAM-SONOMA STORES, INC.

                                           By   /s/ Russell Solt
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its Chief Financial Officer and
                                                Secretary

                                           THE POTTERY BARN EAST, INC.

                                           By   /s/ Russell Solt
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its Chief Financial Officer and
                                                Secretary

                                           GARDENER'S EDEN, INC.

                                           By   /s/ Russell Solt
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its Chief Financial Officer and
                                                Secretary

                                           HOLD EVERYTHING, INC.

                                           By   /s/ Russell Solt
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its Chief Financial Officer and
                                                Secretary

                                           CHAMBERS CATALOG COMPANY,
                                             INC.


                                       14<PAGE>   17

                                           By   /s/ Russell Solt
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Its Chief Financial Officer and
                                                Secretary



<PAGE>   1

                                  EXHIBIT 10.9B

              INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT FOR $40,000,000 SENIOR NOTES

<PAGE>   2

================================================================================


                            INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of August 1, 1995

                                     Among

                                BANK OF AMERICA
                     NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                                       And

             TEACHERS INSURANCE AND ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA,
                 TRANSAMERICA LIFE INSURANCE & ANNUITY COMPANY,
                 TRANSAMERICA OCCIDENTAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                       and
                   NEW ENGLAND MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

<PAGE>   3
                            INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

         Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 1, 1995 among Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association (the "Lender") and Teachers
Insurance and Annuity Association of America, Transamerica Life Insurance &
Annuity Company, Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company and New England
Mutual Life Insurance Company (each institution is referred to herein as a
"Noteholder" and the institutions are collectively referred to herein as the
"Noteholders"; the Noteholders and the Lender are individually referred to
herein as a "Creditor" and are collectively referred to herein as the
"Creditors").

                                   RECITALS:

         A.      Under and pursuant to the Note Agreement dated as of August 1,
1995 (the "Note Agreement"), among Williams-Sonoma, Inc., a California
corporation (the "Company"), and each of the Noteholders, the Company has issued
and sold to the Noteholders $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.20%
Senior Notes, Due August 8, 2005 (the "Notes").

         B.      Under and pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of October 13, 1994 (as such agreement may be modified,
amended, renewed or replaced, including any increase in the amount thereof, the
"Bank Credit Agreement") between the Company and the Lender, the Lender has made
available to the Company certain credit facilities in a current aggregate
principal amount up to $100,000,000 (all amounts outstanding in respect of said
credit facilities being hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Loans").

         C.      In connection with the execution of the Bank Credit Agreement
and as security for the Loans made thereunder, Williams-Sonoma Stores, Inc., The
Pottery Barn East, Inc., Gardener's Eden, Inc., Hold Everything, Inc. and
Chambers Catalog Company, Inc., each of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of
the Company (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors") have guaranteed to the
Lender the payment of the Loans and all other obligations of the Company under
the Bank Credit Agreement under those


                                       1
<PAGE>   4
certain separate and several Continuing Guaranty agreements (as such agreements
may be modified, amended, renewed or replaced, including any increase in the
amount thereof, collectively, the "Lender Guaranty").

         D.      The Subsidiary Guarantors are entering into a Guaranty
Agreement (the "Noteholder Guaranty") dated as of the date hereof pursuant to
which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee to the Noteholders the payment
of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment
and performance of all other obligations of the Company under the Note
Agreement. The Lender Guaranty and the Noteholder Guaranty are each hereinafter
referred to as a "Subsidiary Guaranty."

         E.      As  consideration  for the  purchase  by the  Noteholders  of
the Notes, the Lender has agreed to enter into this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree a follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

         The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them below in
this SECTION 1 or in the provisions of this Agreement referred to below:

         "Bank Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Recitals hereof.

         "Bankruptcy Proceeding" shall mean, with respect to any person, a
general assignment of such person for the benefit of its creditors, or the
institution by or against such person of any proceeding seeking relief as
debtor, or seeking to adjudicate such person as bankrupt or insolvent, or
seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of such person or
its debts, under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
relief of debtors, or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
other similar official for such person or for any substantial part of its
property.

         "Company" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Recitals
hereof.


                                       2
<PAGE>   5
         "Creditor" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the introductory
paragraph hereto.

         "Excess Guaranty Payment" shall mean as to any Creditor an amount equal
to the Guaranty Payment received by such Creditor less the Pro Rata Share of
Guaranty Payments to which such Creditor is then entitled.

         "Guaranty Payment" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in SECTION
2.

         "Lender" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the introductory
paragraph hereto.

         "Lender Guaranty" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Recitals hereof.

         "Loans" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Recitals hereof.

         "Note Agreement"  shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Recitals hereof.

         "Noteholder" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
introductory paragraph hereto.

         "Noteholder Guaranty" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Recitals hereof.

         "Notes" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Recitals hereof.

         "Pro Rata Share of Guaranty Payments" shall mean as of the date of any
Guaranty Payment to a Creditor under a Subsidiary Guaranty an amount equal to
the product obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of all Guaranty Payments made
by the Subsidiary Guarantor to all Creditors concurrently with the payments to
such Creditor less all reasonable costs incurred by such Creditors in connection
with the collection of such Guaranty Payments by (y) a fraction, the numerator
of which shall be the Specified Amount owing to such Creditor, and the
denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all outstanding Subject
Obligations (without giving effect in the denominator to the application of any
such Guaranty Payments).


                                       3<PAGE>   6

         "Receiving Creditor" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in SECTION
2.

         "Specified Amount" shall mean as to any Creditor the aggregate amount
of the Subject Obligations owed to such Creditor.

         "Subject Obligations" shall mean all principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on, the Notes and the Loans and all other obligations of the Company
under or in respect of the Notes and the Loans and under the Note Agreement and
the Bank Credit Agreement and any other obligations of the Company to the Lender
which are guaranteed by the Lender Guaranty; provided that any amount of such
Subject Obligations which is not allowed as a claim enforceable against the
Company in a Bankruptcy Proceeding under applicable law shall be excluded from
the computation of "Subject Obligations" hereunder.

         "Subsidiary Guarantors" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Recitals hereof.

         "Subsidiary Guaranty" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the
Recitals hereof.

SECTION 2. SHARING OF RECOVERIES.

Each Creditor hereby agrees with each other Creditor that payments (including
payments made through setoff of deposit balances or otherwise or payments or
recoveries from any security interest granted to any Creditor, including,
without limitation, the security interests granted to the Lender under and
pursuant to clause (9) of the Lender Guaranty) made pursuant to the terms of a
Subsidiary Guaranty (a "Guaranty Payment") (x) within 90 days prior to the
commencement of a Bankruptcy Proceeding with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor
or the Company or (y) following the acceleration of the Notes or the Loans or
the acceleration of any other Subject Obligation, shall be shared so that each
Creditor shall receive its Pro Rata Share of Guaranty Payments. Accordingly,
each Creditor hereby agrees that in the event (a) an event described in clauses
(x) or (y) above shall have occurred, (b) any Creditor shall receive a Guaranty
Payment (a "Receiving Creditor"), and (c) any other Creditor shall not
concurrently receive its Pro Rata Share of Guaranty Payments from the same
Subsidiary Guarantor, then the Receiving Creditor shall promptly remit the
Excess Guaranty Payment to each other Creditor who shall then be entitled
thereto so that after giving effect to such payment (and any other payments then
being made by any other Receiving Creditor pursuant to this SECTION 2) each
Creditor shall have received its Pro Rata Share of Guaranty Payments.

         Any such payments shall be deemed to be and shall be made in
consideration of the purchase for cash at face value, but without recourse,
ratably from the other Creditors such amount of Notes or Loans (or interest
therein), as the case may be, to the extent necessary to cause such Creditor to
share such Excess Guaranty Payment with the other Creditors as hereinabove
provided; provided, however, that if any such purchase or


                                       4<PAGE>   7

payment is made by any Receiving Creditor and if such Excess Guaranty Payment or
part thereof is thereafter recovered from such Receiving Creditor by any
Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, by any trustee in
bankruptcy of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any creditor thereof), the related
purchase from the other Creditors shall be rescinded ratably and the purchase
price restored as to the portion of such Excess Guaranty Payment so recovered,
but without interest; and provided further nothing herein contained shall
obligate any Creditor to resort to any setoff, application of deposit balance or
other means of payment under any Subsidiary Guaranty or avail itself of any
recourse by resort to any property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
the taking of any such action to remain within the absolute discretion of such
Creditor without obligation of any kind to the other Creditors to take any such
action.

SECTION 3. AGREEMENTS AMONG THE CREDITORS.

         Section 3.1. Independent Actions by Creditors. Nothing contained in
this Agreement shall prohibit any Creditor from accelerating the maturity of, or
demanding payment from any Subsidiary Guarantor on, any Subject Obligation of
the Company to such Creditor or from instituting legal action against the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to obtain a judgment or other legal process
in respect of such Subject Obligation, but any funds received from any
Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with any recovery therefrom shall be subject
to the terms of this Agreement.

         Section 3.2. Relation of Creditors. This Agreement is entered into
solely for the purposes set forth herein, and no Creditor assumes any
responsibility to any other party hereto to advise such other party of
information known to such other party regarding the financial condition of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any other circumstances bearing upon
the risk of nonpayment of any Subject Obligation. Each Creditor specifically
acknowledges and agrees that nothing contained in this Agreement is or is
intended to be for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and
nothing contained herein shall limit or in any way modify any of the obligations
of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Creditors.

         Section 3.3. Acknowledgment of Guaranties. The Lender hereby expressly
acknowledges the existence of the Noteholder Guaranty and the


                                       5<PAGE>   8

Noteholders hereby expressly acknowledge the existence of the Lender Guaranty.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS.

         Section 4.1. Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire
Agreement among the Creditors and, except as otherwise provided, this Agreement
may not be altered, amended or modified except in a writing executed by all the
parties to this Agreement.

         Section 4.2. Notices. Notices hereunder shall be given to the Creditors
at their addresses as set forth in the Note Agreement or the Bank Credit
Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as may be designated by
each in a written notice to the other parties hereto.

         Section 4.3. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Creditors and their respective
successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not, and, in particular, shall
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by any future holder or holders of
any Subject Obligations, and the term "Creditor" shall include any such
subsequent holder of Subject Obligations, wherever the context permits.

         Section 4.4. Consents, Amendment, Waivers. All amendments, waivers or
consents of any provision of this  Agreement  shall be effective only if the
same shall be in writing and signed by all of the Creditors.

         Section 4.5. Governing  Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         Section 4.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement, and
any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such
counterpart.

         Section 4.7. Sale of Interest. No Creditor will sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any interest in the Subject Obligations unless such
purchaser or transferee shall agree, in writing, to be bound by the terms of
this Agreement.


                                       6<PAGE>   9

         Section 4.8. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         Section 4.9. Expenses. In the event of any litigation to enforce this
Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney's
fees (including the allocated costs of in-house counsel).


                                       7<PAGE>   10
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                                                BANK OF AMERICA
                                                  NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                                  SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                                                By
                                                  Its

                                                TEACHERS INSURANCE AND
                                                  ANNUITY ASSOCIATION OF
                                                  AMERICA

                                                By /s/ Charles C. Thompson, III
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Managing Director-Private
                                                   Placement

                                                TRANSAMERICA LIFE
                                                  INSURANCE & ANNUITY
                                                  COMPANY

                                                By /s/ John M. Casparian
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Investment Officer

                                                TRANSAMERICA OCCIDENTAL
                                                  LIFE INSURANCE
                                                  COMPANY

                                                By /s/ John M. Casparian
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Investment Officer

                                                NEW ENGLAND MUTUAL LIFE
                                                  INSURANCE COMPANY

                                                By /s/Frances Shedd Fisher 
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Investment Officer


                                       8
<PAGE>   11

         The undersigned hereby acknowledge and agree to the foregoing
Agreement.

                                                WILLIAMS-SONOMA, INC.

                                                By /s/ Russell Solt
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Secretary

                                                WILLIAMS-SONOMA STORES, INC.

                                                By /s/ Russell Solt
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Secretary

                                                THE POTTERY BARN EAST, INC.

                                                By /s/ Russell Solt
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Secretary

                                                GARDENER'S EDEN, INC.

                                                By /s/ Russell Solt
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Secretary

                                                HOLD EVERYTHING, INC.

                                                By /s/ Russell Solt
                                                   -----------------------------


                                       9<PAGE>   12

                                                   Its Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Secretary

                                                CHAMBERS CATALOG COMPANY, INC.

                                                By /s/ Russell Solt
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Its Chief Financial Officer
                                                   and Secretary


<PAGE>   1

                                   EXHIBIT 11

                 STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
<PAGE>   2

                 EXHIBIT 11: COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Thirteen Weeks Ended           Twenty-six Weeks Ended
                                                  --------------------           ----------------------
                                                July 30,        July 31,        July 30,        July 31,
                                                  1995            1994            1995            1994
                                                  ----            ----            ----            ----
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Net earnings (loss)                           $  (814,000)    $ 2,124,000     $(1,140,000)    $ 3,912,000

Average shares of common stock
outstanding during the period                  25,358,535      25,152,867      25,347,991      25,118,987

Incremental shares from assumed exercise
of stock options (primary)                          *             956,139           *             965,265
                                              -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                               25,358,535      26,109,006      25,347,991      26,084,252

Primary earnings (loss) per share             $     (0.03)    $      0.08     $     (0.04)    $      0.15
                                              ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========

Average shares of common stock
outstanding during the period                  25,358,535      25,152,867      25,347,991      25,118,987

Incremental shares from assumed exercise
of stock options (fully diluted)                    *             959,124           *             998,379
                                              -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                               25,358,535      26,111,991      25,347,991      26,117,366
                                              -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------


Fully diluted earnings (loss) per share       $     (0.03)    $      0.08     $     (0.04)    $      0.15
                                              ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>


Note: 1994 amounts are adjusted to reflect the 3-for-2 stock split in September
1994.

* Incremental shares from assumed exercise of stock options are antidilutive for
primary and fully diluted loss per share, and therefore not presented.


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE TWENTY-SIX WEEKS ENDED JULY 30, 1995 AND
IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-28-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-30-1995
<CASH>                                           5,233
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    5,779
<ALLOWANCES>                                       294
<INVENTORY>                                    127,644
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               161,258
<PP&E>                                         159,844
<DEPRECIATION>                                  56,972
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 274,393
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          134,766
<BONDS>                                          6,718
<COMMON>                                        47,593
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                      69,660
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   274,393
<SALES>                                        245,893
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               245,893
<CGS>                                          157,883
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  157,883
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    55
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,238
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (1,956)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     (816)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (1,140)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (1,140)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.04)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.04)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission